(syms_of_xdisp) <Stool_bar_lines_needed>: Don't defsubr
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef macintosh
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
200
201 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
202 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
203
204 #define INFINITY 10000000
205
206 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
207 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
208 extern int pending_menu_activation;
209 #endif
210
211 extern int interrupt_input;
212 extern int command_loop_level;
213
214 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
215
216 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
217
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
221
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
229
230 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
231
232 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
233 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
234
235 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
236 over them. */
237
238 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
239
240 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
241
242 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin;
243
244 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
245
246 int tool_bar_button_relief;
247
248 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
249 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
250
251 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
252
253 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
254
255 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
256
257 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
258
259 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
260 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
261
262 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
263
264 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
265 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
266 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
267 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
268
269 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
270
271 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
272
273 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
274
275 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
276
277 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
278 images in Lisp. */
279
280 Lisp_Object Qimage;
281
282 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
283 message. */
284
285 int noninteractive_need_newline;
286
287 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
288
289 static int message_log_need_newline;
290
291 \f
292 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
293 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
294 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
295 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
296
297 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
298
299 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
300 terminating newline. */
301
302 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
303
304 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
305
306 static int this_line_vpos;
307 static int this_line_y;
308 static int this_line_pixel_height;
309
310 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
311 negative if first character is partially visible. */
312
313 static int this_line_start_x;
314
315 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
316
317 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
318
319 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
320 frame. */
321
322 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
323
324 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
325
326 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
327
328 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
329 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
330 frame-title-format. */
331
332 int multiple_frames;
333
334 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
335
336 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
337
338 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
339
340 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
341
342 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
343
344 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
345 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
346 numerical position. */
347
348 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
349
350 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
351
352 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
353
354 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
355
356 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
357
358 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
359 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
360 have changed. */
361
362 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
363
364 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
365
366 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
367
368 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
369
370 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
371
372 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
373
374 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
375 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
376
377 static int scroll_step;
378
379 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
380 screen, when appropriate. */
381
382 static int scroll_conservatively;
383
384 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
385 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
386 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
387 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
388
389 int scroll_margin;
390
391 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
392 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
393 this. */
394
395 int buffer_shared;
396
397 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
398
399 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
400
401 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
402 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
403 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
404
405 This variable is deprecated. */
406
407 int mode_line_inverse_video;
408
409 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
410
411 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
412
413 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
414 of the line that contains the prompt. */
415
416 int minibuf_prompt_width;
417 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
418
419 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
420 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
421 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
422
423 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
424
425 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
426 pushes the current message and the value of
427 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
428 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
429
430 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
431
432 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
433 message was specified. */
434
435 int message_enable_multibyte;
436
437 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
438
439 int update_mode_lines;
440
441 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
442 redisplay that finished */
443
444 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
445
446 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
447 line number. */
448
449 int line_number_displayed;
450
451 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
452
453 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
454
455 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
456
457 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
458
459 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
460 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
461
462 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
463
464 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
465
466 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
467
468 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
469 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
470
471 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
472
473 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
474
475 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
476
477 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
478
479 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
480
481 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
482 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
483
484 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
485
486 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
487 message. */
488
489 int message_buf_print;
490
491 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
492 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
493 specifying a number of lines. */
494
495 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
496
497 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
498 lines instead of being continued. */
499
500 int message_truncate_lines;
501 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
502
503 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
504 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
505
506 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
507
508 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
509 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
510
511 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
512 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
513 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
514
515 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
516
517 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
518
519 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
520
521 int help_echo_showing_p;
522
523 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
524 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
525 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
526
527 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
528
529 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
530 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
531 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
532 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
533 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
534
535 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
536
537 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
538
539 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
540 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
541
542 int trace_redisplay_p;
543
544 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
545
546 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
547 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
548 int trace_move;
549
550 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
551 #else
552 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
553 #endif
554
555 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
556 point visible. */
557
558 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
559
560 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
561
562 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
563
564 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
565 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
566 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
567 become empty. */
568
569 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
570
571 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
572
573 enum prop_handled
574 {
575 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
576 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
577 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
578 HANDLED_RETURN
579 };
580
581 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
582 in. */
583
584 struct props
585 {
586 /* The name of the property. */
587 Lisp_Object *name;
588
589 /* A unique index for the property. */
590 enum prop_idx idx;
591
592 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
593 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
594 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
595 };
596
597 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
598 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
599 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
600 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
601 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
602 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
603
604 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
605
606 static struct props it_props[] =
607 {
608 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
609 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
610 `display' need to know the face. */
611 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
612 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
613 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
614 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
615 {NULL, 0, NULL}
616 };
617
618 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
619 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
620
621 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
622
623 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
624
625 enum move_it_result
626 {
627 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
628 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
629
630 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
631 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
632
633 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
634 MOVE_X_REACHED,
635
636 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
637 continued. */
638 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
639
640 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
641 be displayed truncated. */
642 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
643
644 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
645 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
646 };
647
648
649 \f
650 /* Function prototypes. */
651
652 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
653 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
654 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
655 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
656 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
657 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
658 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
659 struct text_pos));
660 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
661 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
662 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
663 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
664 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
665 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
666 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
667 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
668 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
669 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
670 struct glyph_row *,
671 struct glyph_row *));
672 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
673 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
674 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
675 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
676 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
677 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
678 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
679 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
680 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
681 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
682 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
683 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
684 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
685 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
686 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
687 struct text_pos));
688 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
689 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
690 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
691 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
692 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
693 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
694 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
695 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
696 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
697 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
698 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
699 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
700 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
701 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
702 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
703 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
704 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
705 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
706 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
707 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
708 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
709 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
710 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
711 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
712 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
713 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
714 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
715 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
716 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
717 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
718 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
719 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
720 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
721 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
722 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
723 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
724 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
725 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
726 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
727 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
728 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
729 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
730 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
731 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
732 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
733 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
734 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
735 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
736 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
737 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
738 struct display_pos *));
739 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
740 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
741 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
742 int, int, int));
743 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
744 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
745 struct glyph_row *));
746 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
747 struct glyph_row *));
748 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
749 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
750 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
751 Lisp_Object, int));
752 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
753 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
754 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
755 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
756 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
757 Lisp_Object));
758 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
759 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
760 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
761 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
762 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
763
764 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
765 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
766
767 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
768
769 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
770 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
771 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
772 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
773
774 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
775
776 \f
777 /***********************************************************************
778 Window display dimensions
779 ***********************************************************************/
780
781 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
782 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
783 mode line, if any. */
784
785 INLINE int
786 window_text_bottom_y (w)
787 struct window *w;
788 {
789 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
790 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
791
792 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
793 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
794 return height;
795 }
796
797
798 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
799 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
800 the left and right of the window. */
801
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_width (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
806 {
807 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
808 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
809
810 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
811 {
812 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
813
814 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
815 {
816 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
817 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
818 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
819 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
820 }
821 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
822 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
823 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
824 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
825 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
826 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
827 }
828
829 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
830 }
831
832
833 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
834 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
835
836 INLINE int
837 window_box_height (w)
838 struct window *w;
839 {
840 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
841 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
842
843 xassert (height >= 0);
844
845 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
846 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
847 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
848 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
849 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
850
851 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
852 {
853 struct glyph_row *ml_row
854 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
855 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
856 : 0);
857 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
858 height -= ml_row->height;
859 else
860 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
861 }
862
863 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
864 {
865 struct glyph_row *hl_row
866 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
867 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
868 : 0);
869 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
870 height -= hl_row->height;
871 else
872 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
873 }
874
875 return height;
876 }
877
878
879 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
880 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
881 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
882 W. */
883
884 INLINE int
885 window_box_left (w, area)
886 struct window *w;
887 int area;
888 {
889 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
890 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
891
892 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
893 {
894 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
895 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
896
897 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
898 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
899 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
900 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
901 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
902 }
903
904 return x;
905 }
906
907
908 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
909 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
910 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
911 W. */
912
913 INLINE int
914 window_box_right (w, area)
915 struct window *w;
916 int area;
917 {
918 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
919 }
920
921
922 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
923 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
924 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
925 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
926 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
927 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
928
929 INLINE void
930 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
931 struct window *w;
932 int area;
933 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
934 {
935 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
936
937 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
938 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
939 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
940 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
941 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
942 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
943 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
944 }
945
946
947 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
948 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
949 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
950 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
951 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
952 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
953 box. */
954
955 INLINE void
956 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
957 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
958 struct window *w;
959 int area;
960 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
961 {
962 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
963 bottom_right_y);
964 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
965 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
966 }
967
968
969 \f
970 /***********************************************************************
971 Utilities
972 ***********************************************************************/
973
974 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
975 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
976 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
977 and header-lines heights. */
978
979 int
980 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
981 struct window *w;
982 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
983 {
984 struct it it;
985 struct text_pos top;
986 int visible_p;
987 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
988
989 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
990 {
991 old_buffer = current_buffer;
992 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
993 }
994
995 *fully = visible_p = 0;
996 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
997
998 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
999 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1000 {
1001 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1002 current_mode_line_height
1003 = display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1004 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1005
1006 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1007 current_header_line_height
1008 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1009 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1010 }
1011
1012 start_display (&it, w, top);
1013 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1014 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1015
1016 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1017 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1018 {
1019 int line_height, line_bottom_y;
1020 int line_top_y = it.current_y;
1021 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1022
1023 line_height = it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
1024 if (line_height == 0)
1025 {
1026 if (last_height)
1027 line_height = last_height;
1028 else if (charpos < ZV)
1029 {
1030 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 1);
1031 line_height = (it.max_ascent || it.max_descent
1032 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
1033 : last_height);
1034 }
1035 else
1036 {
1037 /* Use the default character height. */
1038 it.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1039 it.c = ' ';
1040 it.len = 1;
1041 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
1042 line_height = it.ascent + it.descent;
1043 }
1044 }
1045 line_bottom_y = line_top_y + line_height;
1046
1047 if (line_top_y < window_top_y)
1048 visible_p = line_bottom_y > window_top_y;
1049 else if (line_top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1050 {
1051 visible_p = 1;
1052 *fully = line_bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1053 }
1054 }
1055 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1056 {
1057 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1058 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1059 {
1060 visible_p = 1;
1061 *fully = 0;
1062 }
1063 }
1064
1065 if (old_buffer)
1066 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1067
1068 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1069 return visible_p;
1070 }
1071
1072
1073 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1074 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1075 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1076 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1077 character. */
1078
1079 static INLINE int
1080 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1081 unsigned char *str;
1082 int maxlen, *len;
1083 {
1084 int c;
1085
1086 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1087 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1088 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1089 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1090 characters. */
1091 c = '?';
1092
1093 return c;
1094 }
1095
1096
1097
1098 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1099 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1100
1101 static struct text_pos
1102 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1103 struct text_pos pos;
1104 Lisp_Object string;
1105 int nchars;
1106 {
1107 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1108
1109 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1110 {
1111 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1112 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1113 int len;
1114
1115 while (nchars--)
1116 {
1117 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1118 p += len, rest -= len;
1119 xassert (rest >= 0);
1120 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1121 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1122 }
1123 }
1124 else
1125 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1126
1127 return pos;
1128 }
1129
1130
1131 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1132 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1133
1134 static INLINE struct text_pos
1135 string_pos (charpos, string)
1136 int charpos;
1137 Lisp_Object string;
1138 {
1139 struct text_pos pos;
1140 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1141 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1142 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1143 return pos;
1144 }
1145
1146
1147 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1148 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1149 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1150
1151 static struct text_pos
1152 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1153 int charpos;
1154 unsigned char *s;
1155 int multibyte_p;
1156 {
1157 struct text_pos pos;
1158
1159 xassert (s != NULL);
1160 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1161
1162 if (multibyte_p)
1163 {
1164 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1165
1166 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1167 while (charpos--)
1168 {
1169 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1170 s += len, rest -= len;
1171 xassert (rest >= 0);
1172 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1173 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1174 }
1175 }
1176 else
1177 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1178
1179 return pos;
1180 }
1181
1182
1183 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1184 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1185
1186 static int
1187 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1188 unsigned char *s;
1189 int multibyte_p;
1190 {
1191 int nchars;
1192
1193 if (multibyte_p)
1194 {
1195 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1196 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1197
1198 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1199 {
1200 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1201 rest -= len, p += len;
1202 }
1203 }
1204 else
1205 nchars = strlen (s);
1206
1207 return nchars;
1208 }
1209
1210
1211 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1212 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1213 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1214
1215 static void
1216 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1217 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1218 Lisp_Object string;
1219 {
1220 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1221 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1222
1223 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1224 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1225 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1226 else
1227 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1228 }
1229
1230
1231 \f
1232 /***********************************************************************
1233 Lisp form evaluation
1234 ***********************************************************************/
1235
1236 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1237
1238 static Lisp_Object
1239 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1240 Lisp_Object arg;
1241 {
1242 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1243 return Qnil;
1244 }
1245
1246
1247 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1248 wrong. */
1249
1250 Lisp_Object
1251 safe_eval (sexpr)
1252 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1253 {
1254 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1255 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1256 Lisp_Object val;
1257
1258 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1259 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1260 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, safe_eval_handler);
1261 UNGCPRO;
1262 return unbind_to (count, val);
1263 }
1264
1265
1266 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1267 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1268
1269 Lisp_Object
1270 safe_call (nargs, args)
1271 int nargs;
1272 Lisp_Object *args;
1273 {
1274 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1275 Lisp_Object val;
1276 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1277
1278 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1279 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1280 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1281 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1282 safe_eval_handler);
1283 UNGCPRO;
1284 return unbind_to (count, val);
1285 }
1286
1287
1288 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1289 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1290
1291 Lisp_Object
1292 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1293 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1294 {
1295 Lisp_Object args[2];
1296 args[0] = fn;
1297 args[1] = arg;
1298 return safe_call (2, args);
1299 }
1300
1301
1302 \f
1303 /***********************************************************************
1304 Debugging
1305 ***********************************************************************/
1306
1307 #if 0
1308
1309 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1310 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1311
1312 static void
1313 check_it (it)
1314 struct it *it;
1315 {
1316 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1317 {
1318 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1319 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1320 }
1321 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1322 {
1323 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1324 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1325 }
1326
1327 if (it->dpvec)
1328 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1329 else
1330 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1331 }
1332
1333 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1334
1335 #else /* not 0 */
1336
1337 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1338
1339 #endif /* not 0 */
1340
1341
1342 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1343
1344 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1345 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1346
1347 static void
1348 check_window_end (w)
1349 struct window *w;
1350 {
1351 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1352 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1353 {
1354 struct glyph_row *row;
1355 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1356 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1357 !row->enabled_p
1358 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1359 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1360 }
1361 }
1362
1363 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1364
1365 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1366
1367 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1368
1369 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1370
1371
1372 \f
1373 /***********************************************************************
1374 Iterator initialization
1375 ***********************************************************************/
1376
1377 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1378 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1379 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1380 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1381 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1382
1383 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1384 will produce glyphs in that row.
1385
1386 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1387 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1388 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1389 displaying the tool-bar.
1390
1391 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1392 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1393 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1394
1395 void
1396 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1397 struct it *it;
1398 struct window *w;
1399 int charpos, bytepos;
1400 struct glyph_row *row;
1401 enum face_id base_face_id;
1402 {
1403 int highlight_region_p;
1404
1405 /* Some precondition checks. */
1406 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1407 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1408
1409 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1410 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1411 that might have changed. */
1412 if (face_change_count)
1413 {
1414 face_change_count = 0;
1415 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1416 }
1417
1418 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1419 appropriate. */
1420 if (row == NULL)
1421 {
1422 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1423 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1424 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1425 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Clear IT. */
1429 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1430 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1431 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1432 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1433
1434 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1435 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1436 it->w = w;
1437 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1438
1439 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1440 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1441 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1442 {
1443 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1444 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1445 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1446 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1447 }
1448
1449 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1450 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1451 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1452 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1453 if (
1454 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1455 noninteractive &&
1456 #endif
1457 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1458 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1459 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1460 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1461
1462 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1463 it->space_width = Qnil;
1464 it->font_height = Qnil;
1465
1466 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1467 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1468
1469 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1470 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1471 invisible. */
1472 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1473 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1474 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1475 ? -1 : 0));
1476 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1477 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1478
1479 /* Display table to use. */
1480 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1481
1482 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1483 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1484
1485 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1486 highlight_region_p
1487 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1488 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1489 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1490
1491 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1492 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1493 -1 to indicate no region. */
1494 if (highlight_region_p
1495 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1496 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1497 highlight_nonselected_windows
1498 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1499 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1500 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1501 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1502 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1503 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1504 {
1505 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1506 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1507 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1508 }
1509 else
1510 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1511
1512 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1513 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1514 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1515 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1516 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1517 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1518 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1519 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1520
1521 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1522 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1523 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1524 it->tab_width = 8;
1525
1526 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1527 it->truncate_lines_p
1528 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1529 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1530 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1531 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1532 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1533
1534 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1535 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1536 frames. */
1537 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1538 {
1539 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1540 {
1541 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1542 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1543 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1544 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1545 }
1546 else
1547 {
1548 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1549 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1550 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1551 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1552 }
1553
1554 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1555 above has changed them. */
1556 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1557 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1558 }
1559
1560 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1561 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1562 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1563 it->glyph_row = row;
1564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1565
1566 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1567 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1568 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1569 start of this total display area. */
1570 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1571 {
1572 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1573 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1574 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1575 }
1576 else
1577 {
1578 it->first_visible_x
1579 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1580 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1581 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1582
1583 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1584 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1585 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1586 for window-based redisplay. */
1587 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1588 {
1589 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1590 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1591 else
1592 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1593 }
1594
1595 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1596 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1600 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1601 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1602 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1603
1604 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1605
1606 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1607 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1608 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1609 {
1610 struct face *face;
1611
1612 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1613
1614 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1615 with a left box line. */
1616 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1617 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1618 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1619 }
1620
1621 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1622 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1623 if (charpos > 0)
1624 {
1625 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1626 it->face_id = -1;
1627 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1628
1629 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1630 if (bytepos <= 0)
1631 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1632 else
1633 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1634
1635 /* Compute faces etc. */
1636 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1637 }
1638
1639 CHECK_IT (it);
1640 }
1641
1642
1643 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1644
1645 void
1646 start_display (it, w, pos)
1647 struct it *it;
1648 struct window *w;
1649 struct text_pos pos;
1650 {
1651 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1652 struct glyph_row *row;
1653 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1654 int first_y;
1655
1656 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1657 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1658 first_y = it->current_y;
1659
1660 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1661 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1662 account. */
1663 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1664 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1665 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1666 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1667
1668 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1669 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1670 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1671 {
1672 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1673
1674 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1675 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1676 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1677 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1678 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1679 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1680 {
1681 if (it->current_x > 0)
1682 {
1683 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1684 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1685 {
1686 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1687 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1688 }
1689
1690 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1691 }
1692
1693 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1694 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1695 fields in the iterator structure. */
1696 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1697 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1698 }
1699
1700 it->current_y = first_y;
1701 it->vpos = 0;
1702 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1703 }
1704
1705 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1706 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1707 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1708
1709 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1710 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1711 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1712 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1713 #endif /* 0 */
1714 }
1715
1716
1717 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1718 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1719 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1720
1721 static void
1722 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1723 struct it *it;
1724 struct window *w;
1725 struct display_pos *pos;
1726 {
1727 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1728 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1729 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1730 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1731 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1732 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1733 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1734 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1735 after-string. */
1736 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1737 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1738
1739 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1740 the right overlay string. */
1741 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1742 {
1743 int relative_index;
1744
1745 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1746 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1747 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1748 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1749 {
1750 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1751 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1752 while (n--)
1753 {
1754 load_overlay_strings (it);
1755 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1756 }
1757 }
1758
1759 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1760 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1761 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1762 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1763 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1764 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1765 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1766 }
1767 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1768 {
1769 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1770 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1771 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1772 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1773 while (it->sp)
1774 pop_it (it);
1775 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1776 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1777 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1778 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1779 }
1780
1781 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1782 {
1783 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1784 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1785 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1786 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1787 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1788 }
1789
1790 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1791 character translations. */
1792 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1793 {
1794 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1795 get_next_display_element (it);
1796 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1797 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1798 }
1799
1800 CHECK_IT (it);
1801 }
1802
1803
1804 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1805 starting at ROW->start. */
1806
1807 static void
1808 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1809 struct it *it;
1810 struct window *w;
1811 struct glyph_row *row;
1812 {
1813 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1814 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1815 CHECK_IT (it);
1816 }
1817
1818
1819 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1820 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1821
1822 static void
1823 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1824 struct it *it;
1825 struct window *w;
1826 struct glyph_row *row;
1827 {
1828 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1829
1830 if (row->continued_p)
1831 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1832 + row->pixel_width);
1833 CHECK_IT (it);
1834 }
1835
1836
1837
1838 \f
1839 /***********************************************************************
1840 Text properties
1841 ***********************************************************************/
1842
1843 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1844 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1845 to stop. */
1846
1847 static void
1848 handle_stop (it)
1849 struct it *it;
1850 {
1851 enum prop_handled handled;
1852 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1853 struct props *p;
1854
1855 it->dpvec = NULL;
1856 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1857
1858 do
1859 {
1860 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1861
1862 /* Call text property handlers. */
1863 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1864 {
1865 handled = p->handler (it);
1866
1867 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1868 break;
1869 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1870 return;
1871 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1872 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1873 }
1874
1875 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1876 {
1877 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1878 characters from a display vector. */
1879 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1880 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1881
1882 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1883 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1884 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1885
1886 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1887 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1888 compute_stop_pos (it);
1889 }
1890 }
1891 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1892 }
1893
1894
1895 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1896 information for IT's current position. */
1897
1898 static void
1899 compute_stop_pos (it)
1900 struct it *it;
1901 {
1902 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1903 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1904
1905 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1906 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1907
1908 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1909 {
1910 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1911 properties. */
1912 object = it->string;
1913 limit = Qnil;
1914 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1915 }
1916 else
1917 {
1918 int charpos;
1919
1920 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1921 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1922 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1923 follows. */
1924 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1925 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1926 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1927
1928 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1929 start or end because the face might change there. */
1930 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1931 {
1932 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1933 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1934 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1935 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1936 }
1937
1938 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1939 property changes. */
1940 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1941 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1942 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1943
1944 }
1945
1946 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1947 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1948 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1949 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1950 {
1951 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1952 struct props *p;
1953
1954 /* Get properties here. */
1955 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1956 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1957
1958 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1959 properties. */
1960 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1961 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1962 && (NILP (limit)
1963 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1964 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1965 {
1966 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1967 {
1968 Lisp_Object new_value;
1969
1970 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1971 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1972 break;
1973 }
1974
1975 if (p->handler)
1976 break;
1977 }
1978
1979 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1980 {
1981 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1982 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1983 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1984 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1985 else
1986 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1987 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1988 }
1989 }
1990
1991 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1992 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1993 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1994 }
1995
1996
1997 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1998 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1999 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2000 xmalloc. */
2001
2002 static int
2003 next_overlay_change (pos)
2004 int pos;
2005 {
2006 int noverlays;
2007 int endpos;
2008 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2009 int len;
2010 int i;
2011
2012 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2013 len = 10;
2014 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2015 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2016 if (noverlays > len)
2017 {
2018 len = noverlays;
2019 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2020 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2021 }
2022
2023 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2024 use its ending point instead. */
2025 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2026 {
2027 Lisp_Object oend;
2028 int oendpos;
2029
2030 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2031 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2032 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2033 }
2034
2035 return endpos;
2036 }
2037
2038
2039 \f
2040 /***********************************************************************
2041 Fontification
2042 ***********************************************************************/
2043
2044 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2045 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2046 regions of text. */
2047
2048 static enum prop_handled
2049 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2050 struct it *it;
2051 {
2052 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2053 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2054
2055 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2056 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2057 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2058 Qfontification_functions. */
2059 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2060 && it->s == NULL
2061 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2062 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2063 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2064 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2065 NILP (prop)))
2066 {
2067 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2068 Lisp_Object val;
2069
2070 val = Vfontification_functions;
2071 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2072 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
2073
2074 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2075 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2076 else
2077 {
2078 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2079 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2080
2081 globals = Qnil;
2082 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2083
2084 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2085 {
2086 fn = XCAR (val);
2087
2088 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2089 {
2090 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2091 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2092 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2093 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2094 loop. */
2095 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2096 CONSP (globals);
2097 globals = XCDR (globals))
2098 {
2099 fn = XCAR (globals);
2100 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2101 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2102 }
2103 }
2104 else
2105 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2106 }
2107
2108 UNGCPRO;
2109 }
2110
2111 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2112
2113 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2114 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2115 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2116 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2117 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2118 }
2119
2120 return handled;
2121 }
2122
2123
2124 \f
2125 /***********************************************************************
2126 Faces
2127 ***********************************************************************/
2128
2129 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2130 Called from handle_stop. */
2131
2132 static enum prop_handled
2133 handle_face_prop (it)
2134 struct it *it;
2135 {
2136 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2137
2138 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2139 {
2140 new_face_id
2141 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2142 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2143 it->region_beg_charpos,
2144 it->region_end_charpos,
2145 &next_stop,
2146 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2147 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2148 0);
2149
2150 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2151 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2152 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
2153 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2154 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2155 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2156 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2157 {
2158 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2159
2160 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2161 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2162 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2163 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2164 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2165 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2166 it->start_of_box_run_p
2167 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2168 && (it->face_id >= 0
2169 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2170 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2171 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2172 }
2173 }
2174 else
2175 {
2176 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2177
2178 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2179 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2180 else
2181 bufpos = 0;
2182
2183 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2184 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2185 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2186 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2187 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2188 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2189
2190 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2191 it->string,
2192 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2193 bufpos,
2194 it->region_beg_charpos,
2195 it->region_end_charpos,
2196 &next_stop,
2197 base_face_id);
2198
2199 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2200 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2201 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2202 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2203 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2204 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2205 #endif
2206
2207 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2208 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2209 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2210 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2211 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2212 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2213 is really the end. */
2214 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2215 {
2216 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2217 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2218
2219 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2220 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2221 shadow on the left side. */
2222 it->start_of_box_run_p
2223 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2224 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2225 }
2226 }
2227
2228 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2229 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2230 }
2231
2232
2233 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2234 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2235 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2236 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2237
2238 static int
2239 underlying_face_id (it)
2240 struct it *it;
2241 {
2242 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2243
2244 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2245
2246 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2247 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2248 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2249
2250 return face_id;
2251 }
2252
2253
2254 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2255 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2256 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2257
2258 static int
2259 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2260 struct it *it;
2261 int before_p;
2262 {
2263 int face_id, limit;
2264 int next_check_charpos;
2265 struct text_pos pos;
2266
2267 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2268
2269 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2270 {
2271 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2272
2273 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2274 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2275 string start. */
2276 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2277 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2278 return it->face_id;
2279
2280 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2281 if (before_p)
2282 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2283 else
2284 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2285 composition. */
2286 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2287 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2288 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2289
2290 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2291 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2292 else
2293 bufpos = 0;
2294
2295 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2296
2297 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2298 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2299 it->string,
2300 CHARPOS (pos),
2301 bufpos,
2302 it->region_beg_charpos,
2303 it->region_end_charpos,
2304 &next_check_charpos,
2305 base_face_id);
2306
2307 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2308 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2309 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2310 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2311 {
2312 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2313 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2314 int c, len;
2315 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2316
2317 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2318 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2319 }
2320 }
2321 else
2322 {
2323 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2324 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2325 return it->face_id;
2326
2327 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2328 pos = it->current.pos;
2329
2330 if (before_p)
2331 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2332 else
2333 {
2334 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2335 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2336 composition. */
2337 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2338 else
2339 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2340 }
2341
2342 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2343 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2344 CHARPOS (pos),
2345 it->region_beg_charpos,
2346 it->region_end_charpos,
2347 &next_check_charpos,
2348 limit, 0);
2349
2350 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2351 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2352 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2353 if (it->multibyte_p)
2354 {
2355 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2356 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2357 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2358 }
2359 }
2360
2361 return face_id;
2362 }
2363
2364
2365 \f
2366 /***********************************************************************
2367 Invisible text
2368 ***********************************************************************/
2369
2370 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2371 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2372
2373 static enum prop_handled
2374 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2375 struct it *it;
2376 {
2377 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2378
2379 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2380 {
2381 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2382 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2383
2384 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2385 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2386 property. */
2387 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2388 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2389
2390 if (!NILP (prop)
2391 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2392 {
2393 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2394
2395 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2396 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2397 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2398 all the rest of IT->string. */
2399 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2400 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2401 it->string, limit);
2402
2403 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2404 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2405 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2406 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2407 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2408 {
2409 struct text_pos old;
2410 old = it->current.string_pos;
2411 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2412 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2413 }
2414 else
2415 {
2416 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2417 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2418 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2419 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2420 {
2421 next_overlay_string (it);
2422 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2423 finished processing them. */
2424 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2425 }
2426 else
2427 {
2428 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2429 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2430 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2431 }
2432 }
2433 }
2434 }
2435 else
2436 {
2437 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2438 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2439
2440 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2441 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2442 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2443
2444 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2445 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2446 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2447 {
2448 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2449 invisible text. */
2450 int display_ellipsis_p
2451 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2452
2453 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2454
2455 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2456 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2457 do
2458 {
2459 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2460 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2461 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2462 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2463 invisible property. */
2464 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2465 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2466
2467 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2468 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2469 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2470 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2471 visible_p = 1;
2472 else
2473 {
2474 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2475 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2476 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2477 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2478 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2479 newpos is visible. */
2480 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2481 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2482 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2483 }
2484
2485 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2486 skip starting with next_stop. */
2487 if (!visible_p)
2488 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2489 }
2490 while (!visible_p);
2491
2492 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2493 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2494 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2495
2496 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2497 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2498 {
2499 if (it->dp
2500 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2501 {
2502 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2503 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2504 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2505 }
2506 else
2507 {
2508 /* Default `...'. */
2509 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2510 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2511 }
2512
2513 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2514 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2515 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2516 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2517
2518 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2519 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2520 }
2521 }
2522 }
2523
2524 return handled;
2525 }
2526
2527
2528 \f
2529 /***********************************************************************
2530 'display' property
2531 ***********************************************************************/
2532
2533 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2534 Called from handle_stop. */
2535
2536 static enum prop_handled
2537 handle_display_prop (it)
2538 struct it *it;
2539 {
2540 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2541 struct text_pos *position;
2542 int space_or_image_found_p;
2543
2544 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2545 {
2546 object = it->string;
2547 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2548 }
2549 else
2550 {
2551 object = Qnil;
2552 position = &it->current.pos;
2553 }
2554
2555 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2556 it->font_height = Qnil;
2557 it->space_width = Qnil;
2558 it->voffset = 0;
2559
2560 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2561 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2562 `display' property etc. */
2563 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2564 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2565
2566 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2567 Qdisplay, object);
2568 if (NILP (prop))
2569 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2570
2571 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2572 if (CONSP (prop)
2573 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2574 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2575 {
2576 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2577 while (CONSP (prop))
2578 {
2579 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2580 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2581 prop = XCDR (prop);
2582 }
2583 }
2584 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2585 {
2586 int i;
2587 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2588 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2589 object, position))
2590 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2591 }
2592 else
2593 {
2594 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2595 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2596 }
2597
2598 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2599 }
2600
2601
2602 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2603 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2604
2605 static struct text_pos
2606 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2607 struct it *it;
2608 Lisp_Object object;
2609 struct text_pos start_pos;
2610 {
2611 Lisp_Object end;
2612 struct text_pos end_pos;
2613
2614 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2615 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2616 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2617 if (STRINGP (object))
2618 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2619 else
2620 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2621
2622 return end_pos;
2623 }
2624
2625
2626 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2627 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2628 is the position at which it was found.
2629
2630 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2631 end position of the `display' property.
2632
2633 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2634
2635 static int
2636 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2637 struct it *it;
2638 Lisp_Object prop;
2639 Lisp_Object object;
2640 struct text_pos *position;
2641 {
2642 Lisp_Object value;
2643 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2644 Lisp_Object form;
2645
2646 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2647 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2648 form = Qt;
2649 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2650 {
2651 prop = XCDR (prop);
2652 if (!CONSP (prop))
2653 return 0;
2654 form = XCAR (prop);
2655 prop = XCDR (prop);
2656 }
2657
2658 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2659 {
2660 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2661 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2662
2663 GCPRO1 (form);
2664 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2665
2666 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2667 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2668 if (BUFFERP (object))
2669 {
2670 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2671 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2672 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2673 }
2674
2675 form = safe_eval (form);
2676
2677 if (BUFFERP (object))
2678 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2679 UNGCPRO;
2680 }
2681
2682 if (NILP (form))
2683 return 0;
2684
2685 if (CONSP (prop)
2686 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2687 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2688 {
2689 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2690 return 0;
2691
2692 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2693 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2694 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2695 {
2696 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2697 int new_height = -1;
2698
2699 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2700 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2701 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2702 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2703 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2704 {
2705 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2706 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2707 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2708 steps = - steps;
2709 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2710 }
2711 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2712 {
2713 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2714 Value is the new height. */
2715 Lisp_Object height;
2716 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2717 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2718 if (NUMBERP (height))
2719 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2720 }
2721 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2722 {
2723 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2724 struct face *face;
2725
2726 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2727 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2728 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2729 }
2730 else
2731 {
2732 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2733 current specified height to get the new height. */
2734 Lisp_Object value;
2735 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2736
2737 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2738 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2739 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2740
2741 if (NUMBERP (value))
2742 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2743 }
2744
2745 if (new_height > 0)
2746 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2747 }
2748 }
2749 else if (CONSP (prop)
2750 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2751 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2752 {
2753 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2754 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2755 return 0;
2756
2757 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2758 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2759 it->space_width = value;
2760 }
2761 else if (CONSP (prop)
2762 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2763 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2764 {
2765 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2766 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2767 return 0;
2768
2769 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2770 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2771 if (NUMBERP (value))
2772 {
2773 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2774 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2775 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2776 }
2777 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2778 }
2779 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2780 {
2781 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2782 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2783 Lisp_Object location, value;
2784 struct text_pos start_pos;
2785 int valid_p;
2786
2787 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2788 we have to find the end of the property. */
2789 start_pos = *position;
2790 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2791 value = Qnil;
2792
2793 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2794 text properties change there. */
2795 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2796
2797 location = Qunbound;
2798 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2799 {
2800 Lisp_Object tem;
2801
2802 value = XCDR (prop);
2803 if (CONSP (value))
2804 value = XCAR (value);
2805
2806 tem = XCAR (prop);
2807 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2808 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2809 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2810 (NILP (tem)
2811 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2812 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2813 location = tem;
2814 }
2815
2816 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2817 {
2818 location = Qnil;
2819 value = prop;
2820 }
2821
2822 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2823 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2824 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2825 else
2826 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2827 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2828 || valid_image_p (value));
2829 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2830 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2831 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2832
2833 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2834 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2835 || NILP (location))
2836 && valid_p)
2837 {
2838 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2839
2840 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2841 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2842 push_it (it);
2843
2844 if (NILP (location))
2845 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2846 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2847 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2848 else
2849 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2850
2851 if (STRINGP (value))
2852 {
2853 it->string = value;
2854 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2855 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2856 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2857 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2858 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2859 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2860 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2861 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2862 }
2863 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2864 {
2865 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2866 it->object = value;
2867 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2868 }
2869 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2870 else
2871 {
2872 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2873 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2874 it->position = start_pos;
2875 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2876 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2877
2878 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2879 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2880 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2881 *position = start_pos;
2882 }
2883 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2884 }
2885 else
2886 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
2887 the position to what it was before. */
2888 *position = start_pos;
2889 }
2890
2891 return space_or_image_found_p;
2892 }
2893
2894
2895 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
2896 treated as intangible. */
2897
2898 static int
2899 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2900 Lisp_Object prop;
2901 {
2902 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
2903 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2904 {
2905 prop = XCDR (prop);
2906 if (!CONSP (prop))
2907 return 0;
2908 prop = XCDR (prop);
2909 }
2910
2911 if (!CONSP (prop))
2912 return 0;
2913
2914 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
2915 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
2916 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
2917 {
2918 prop = XCDR (prop);
2919 if (!CONSP (prop))
2920 return 0;
2921
2922 prop = XCDR (prop);
2923 if (!CONSP (prop)
2924 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
2925 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
2926 return 0;
2927 }
2928
2929 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
2930 }
2931
2932
2933 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
2934 treated as intangible. */
2935
2936 int
2937 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2938 Lisp_Object prop;
2939 {
2940 if (CONSP (prop)
2941 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2942 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2943 {
2944 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2945 while (CONSP (prop))
2946 {
2947 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
2948 return 1;
2949 prop = XCDR (prop);
2950 }
2951 }
2952 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2953 {
2954 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
2955 int i;
2956 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2957 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i]))
2958 return 1;
2959 }
2960 else
2961 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
2962
2963 return 0;
2964 }
2965
2966 \f
2967 /***********************************************************************
2968 `composition' property
2969 ***********************************************************************/
2970
2971 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
2972 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2973
2974 static enum prop_handled
2975 handle_composition_prop (it)
2976 struct it *it;
2977 {
2978 Lisp_Object prop, string;
2979 int pos, pos_byte, end;
2980 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2981
2982 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2983 {
2984 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
2985 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
2986 string = it->string;
2987 }
2988 else
2989 {
2990 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2991 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
2992 string = Qnil;
2993 }
2994
2995 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
2996 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
2997 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
2998 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
2999 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3000 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3001 {
3002 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3003
3004 if (id >= 0)
3005 {
3006 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3007 it->cmp_id = id;
3008 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3009 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3010 components. */
3011 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3012 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3013 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3014 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3015 it->stop_charpos = end;
3016 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3017 }
3018 }
3019
3020 return handled;
3021 }
3022
3023
3024 \f
3025 /***********************************************************************
3026 Overlay strings
3027 ***********************************************************************/
3028
3029 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3030 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3031
3032 struct overlay_entry
3033 {
3034 Lisp_Object overlay;
3035 Lisp_Object string;
3036 int priority;
3037 int after_string_p;
3038 };
3039
3040
3041 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3042 Called from handle_stop. */
3043
3044 static enum prop_handled
3045 handle_overlay_change (it)
3046 struct it *it;
3047 {
3048 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
3049 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3050 else
3051 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3052 }
3053
3054
3055 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3056 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3057 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3058 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3059 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3060 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3061
3062 static void
3063 next_overlay_string (it)
3064 struct it *it;
3065 {
3066 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3067 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3068 {
3069 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3070 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3071 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3072 pop_it (it);
3073 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3074 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3075 it->string = Qnil;
3076 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3077 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3078 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3079 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3080
3081 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3082 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3083 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3084 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3085 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3086 }
3087 else
3088 {
3089 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3090 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3091 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3092 it. */
3093 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3094
3095 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3096 load_overlay_strings (it);
3097
3098 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3099 string. */
3100 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3101 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3102 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3103 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3104 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3105 }
3106
3107 CHECK_IT (it);
3108 }
3109
3110
3111 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3112 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3113 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3114
3115 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3116 when they come from the same overlay.
3117
3118 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3119 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3120
3121 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3122 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3123
3124 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3125
3126
3127 static int
3128 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3129 void *e1, *e2;
3130 {
3131 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3132 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3133 int result;
3134
3135 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3136 {
3137 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3138 they come from different overlays. */
3139 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3140 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3141 else
3142 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3143 }
3144 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3145 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3146 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3147 else
3148 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3149 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3150
3151 return result;
3152 }
3153
3154
3155 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3156 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
3157 overlay strings found.
3158
3159 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3160 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3161 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3162 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3163 function.
3164
3165 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3166 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3167 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3168 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3169 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3170 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3171 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3172 in this case.
3173
3174 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3175 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3176 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3177 compare_overlay_entries. */
3178
3179 static void
3180 load_overlay_strings (it)
3181 struct it *it;
3182 {
3183 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3184 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3185 int start, end;
3186 int size = 20;
3187 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3188 struct overlay_entry *entries
3189 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3190 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3191
3192 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3193 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3194 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3195 OVERLAY. */
3196 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3197 do \
3198 { \
3199 Lisp_Object priority; \
3200 \
3201 if (n == size) \
3202 { \
3203 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3204 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3205 entries = \
3206 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3207 * sizeof *entries); \
3208 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3209 size = new_size; \
3210 } \
3211 \
3212 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3213 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3214 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3215 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3216 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3217 ++n; \
3218 } \
3219 while (0)
3220
3221 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3222 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3223 {
3224 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3225 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3226 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3227 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3228
3229 if (end < charpos)
3230 break;
3231
3232 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3233 position. */
3234 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3235 continue;
3236
3237 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3238 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3239 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3240 continue;
3241
3242 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3243 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3244 end position are indistinguishable. */
3245 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3246 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3247
3248 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3249 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3250 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3251 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3252 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3253
3254 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3255 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3256 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3257 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3258 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3259 }
3260
3261 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3262 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3263 {
3264 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3265 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3266 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3267 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3268
3269 if (start > charpos)
3270 break;
3271
3272 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3273 position. */
3274 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3275 continue;
3276
3277 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3278 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3279 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3280 continue;
3281
3282 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3283 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3284 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3285 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3286
3287 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3288 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3289 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3290 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3291 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3292
3293 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3294 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3295 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3296 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3297 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3298 }
3299
3300 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3301
3302 /* Sort entries. */
3303 if (n > 1)
3304 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3305
3306 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3307 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3308
3309 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3310 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3311 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3312 i = 0;
3313 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3314 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3315 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3316
3317 CHECK_IT (it);
3318 }
3319
3320
3321 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3322 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3323 found. */
3324
3325 static int
3326 get_overlay_strings (it)
3327 struct it *it;
3328 {
3329 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3330 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3331 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3332 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3333 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3334 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3335 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3336 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3337 load_overlay_strings (it);
3338
3339 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3340 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3341 from current_buffer. */
3342 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3343 {
3344 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3345 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3346 strings. */
3347 compute_stop_pos (it);
3348 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3349
3350 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3351 strings have been processed. */
3352 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3353 push_it (it);
3354
3355 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3356 string. */
3357 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3358 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3359 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3360 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3361 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3362 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3363 }
3364 else
3365 {
3366 it->string = Qnil;
3367 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3368 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3369 }
3370
3371 CHECK_IT (it);
3372
3373 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3374 return STRINGP (it->string);
3375 }
3376
3377
3378 \f
3379 /***********************************************************************
3380 Saving and restoring state
3381 ***********************************************************************/
3382
3383 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3384 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3385 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3386 processed. */
3387
3388 static void
3389 push_it (it)
3390 struct it *it;
3391 {
3392 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3393
3394 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3395 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3396
3397 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3398 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3399 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3400 p->string = it->string;
3401 p->pos = it->current;
3402 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3403 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3404 p->area = it->area;
3405 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3406 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3407 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3408 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3409 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3410 ++it->sp;
3411 }
3412
3413
3414 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3415 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3416 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3417 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3418 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3419
3420 static void
3421 pop_it (it)
3422 struct it *it;
3423 {
3424 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3425
3426 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3427 --it->sp;
3428 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3429 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3430 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3431 it->string = p->string;
3432 it->current = p->pos;
3433 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3434 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3435 it->area = p->area;
3436 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3437 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3438 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3439 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3440 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3441 }
3442
3443
3444 \f
3445 /***********************************************************************
3446 Moving over lines
3447 ***********************************************************************/
3448
3449 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3450
3451 static void
3452 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3453 struct it *it;
3454 {
3455 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3456 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3457 }
3458
3459
3460 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3461
3462 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3463 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3464 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3465 of *SKIPPED_P.
3466
3467 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3468 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3469 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3470
3471 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3472 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3473 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3474 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3475 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3476 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3477
3478 static int
3479 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3480 struct it *it;
3481 int *skipped_p;
3482 {
3483 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3484 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3485
3486 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3487 skipping over invisible text below. */
3488 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n')
3489 {
3490 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3491 it->c = 0;
3492 return 1;
3493 }
3494
3495 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3496 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3497 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3498 calls this function. */
3499 old_selective = it->selective;
3500 it->selective = 0;
3501
3502 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3503 from buffer text. */
3504 for (n = newline_found_p = 0;
3505 !newline_found_p && n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE;
3506 n += STRINGP (it->string) ? 0 : 1)
3507 {
3508 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
3509 break;
3510 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3511 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3512 }
3513
3514 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3515 short-cut. */
3516 if (n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3517 {
3518 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3519 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3520 Lisp_Object pos;
3521
3522 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3523
3524 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3525 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3526 buffer text. */
3527 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3528 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3529 Qdisplay,
3530 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3531 NILP (pos))
3532 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3533 {
3534 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3535 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3536 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3537 }
3538 else
3539 {
3540 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3541 && !newline_found_p)
3542 {
3543 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3544 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3545 }
3546 }
3547 }
3548
3549 it->selective = old_selective;
3550 xassert (!newline_found_p || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3551 return newline_found_p;
3552 }
3553
3554
3555 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3556 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3557 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3558 IT->hpos. */
3559
3560 static void
3561 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3562 struct it *it;
3563 {
3564 int visible_p = 0;
3565
3566 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3567 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3568 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3569
3570 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3571 or text properties. */
3572 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3573 && !visible_p)
3574 {
3575 visible_p = 1;
3576
3577 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3578 are invisible. */
3579 if (it->selective > 0
3580 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3581 it->selective))
3582 visible_p = 0;
3583 else
3584 {
3585 Lisp_Object prop;
3586
3587 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3588 Qinvisible, it->window);
3589 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3590 visible_p = 0;
3591 }
3592
3593 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3594 if (!visible_p)
3595 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3596 }
3597
3598 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3599 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3600 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3601 CHECK_IT (it);
3602 }
3603
3604
3605 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3606 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3607 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3608 face information etc. */
3609
3610 static void
3611 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3612 struct it *it;
3613 {
3614 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3615 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3616 CHECK_IT (it);
3617 }
3618
3619
3620 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3621 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3622 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3623 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3624 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3625 is invisible because of text properties. */
3626
3627 static void
3628 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3629 struct it *it;
3630 int on_newline_p;
3631 {
3632 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3633
3634 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3635
3636 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3637 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3638 if (it->selective > 0)
3639 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3640 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3641 it->selective))
3642 {
3643 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3644 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3645 }
3646
3647 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3648 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3649 {
3650 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3651 {
3652 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3653 {
3654 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3655 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3656 }
3657 }
3658 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3659 {
3660 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3661 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3662 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3663 }
3664 }
3665 else if (skipped_p)
3666 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3667
3668 CHECK_IT (it);
3669 }
3670
3671
3672 \f
3673 /***********************************************************************
3674 Changing an iterator's position
3675 ***********************************************************************/
3676
3677 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3678 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3679 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3680 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3681
3682 static void
3683 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3684 struct it *it;
3685 struct text_pos pos;
3686 int force_p;
3687 {
3688 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3689
3690 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3691
3692 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3693 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3694 if (force_p
3695 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3696 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3697 handle_stop (it);
3698
3699 CHECK_IT (it);
3700 }
3701
3702
3703 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3704 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3705
3706 static void
3707 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3708 struct it *it;
3709 struct text_pos pos;
3710 int set_stop_p;
3711 {
3712 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3713 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3714
3715 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3716 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3717
3718 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3719 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3720 it->dpvec = NULL;
3721 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3722 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3723 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3724 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3725 it->string = Qnil;
3726 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3727 it->sp = 0;
3728 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
3729
3730 if (set_stop_p)
3731 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3732 }
3733
3734
3735 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3736 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3737 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3738
3739 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3740 characters from the string.
3741
3742 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3743 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3744 field width.
3745
3746 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3747 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3748 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3749
3750 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3751 calling this function. */
3752
3753 static void
3754 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3755 struct it *it;
3756 unsigned char *s;
3757 Lisp_Object string;
3758 int charpos;
3759 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3760 {
3761 /* No region in strings. */
3762 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3763
3764 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3765 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3766
3767 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3768 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3769 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3770 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3771 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3772
3773 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3774 if (multibyte >= 0)
3775 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3776
3777 if (s == NULL)
3778 {
3779 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3780 it->string = string;
3781 it->s = NULL;
3782 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3783 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3784 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3785 }
3786 else
3787 {
3788 it->s = s;
3789 it->string = Qnil;
3790
3791 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3792 for displaying C strings. */
3793 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3794 if (it->multibyte_p)
3795 {
3796 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3797 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3798 }
3799 else
3800 {
3801 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3802 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3803 }
3804
3805 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3806 }
3807
3808 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3809 from the string. */
3810 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3811 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3812
3813 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3814 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3815 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3816 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3817 if (field_width < 0)
3818 field_width = INFINITY;
3819 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3820 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3821
3822 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3823 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3824 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3825
3826 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3827 CHECK_IT (it);
3828 }
3829
3830
3831 \f
3832 /***********************************************************************
3833 Iteration
3834 ***********************************************************************/
3835
3836 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3837 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3838 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3839
3840 int
3841 get_next_display_element (it)
3842 struct it *it;
3843 {
3844 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3845 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3846 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3847 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3848 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3849
3850 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3851 {
3852 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3853 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3854 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3855 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3856 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3857 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3858 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3859 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3860 it? */
3861 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3862 {
3863 Lisp_Object dv;
3864
3865 if (it->dp
3866 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3867 VECTORP (dv)))
3868 {
3869 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3870
3871 /* Return the first character from the display table
3872 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3873 current character. */
3874 if (v->size)
3875 {
3876 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3877 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3878 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3879 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3880 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3881 }
3882
3883 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3887 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3888 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3889 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3890 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3891
3892 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3893 octal form. */
3894 else if ((it->c < ' '
3895 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3896 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3897 || (it->c >= 127
3898 && it->len == 1)
3899 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3900 {
3901 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3902 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3903 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3904 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3905 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3906 GLYPH g;
3907
3908 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3909 {
3910 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3911 if (it->dp
3912 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3913 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3914 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3915 else
3916 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3917 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3918
3919 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3920 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3921
3922 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3923 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3924 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3925 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3926 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3927 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3928 get_next_display_element (it);
3929 }
3930 else
3931 {
3932 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3933 int len;
3934 int i;
3935 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3936
3937 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3938 if (it->dp
3939 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3940 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3941 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3942 else
3943 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3944
3945 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
3946 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
3947 else
3948 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3949
3950 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3951 {
3952 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3953 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3954 the octal display of the character. */
3955 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3956 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3957 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3958 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3959 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3960 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3961 }
3962
3963 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3964 from it. */
3965 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3966 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3967 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3968 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3969 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3970 get_next_display_element (it);
3971 }
3972 }
3973 }
3974
3975 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
3976 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
3977 if (it->multibyte_p
3978 && success_p
3979 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
3980 {
3981 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
3982 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
3983 }
3984 }
3985
3986 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3987 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3988 if (it->face_box_p
3989 && it->s == NULL)
3990 {
3991 int face_id;
3992 struct face *face;
3993
3994 it->end_of_box_run_p
3995 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3996 face_id != it->face_id)
3997 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
3998 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
3999 }
4000
4001 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4002 return success_p;
4003 }
4004
4005
4006 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4007
4008 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4009 skip to the next visible line start.
4010
4011 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4012 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4013 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4014 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4015 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4016 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4017 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4018 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4019 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4020
4021 void
4022 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4023 struct it *it;
4024 int reseat_p;
4025 {
4026 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4027 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4028 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4029 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4030
4031 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4032 {
4033 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4034 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4035 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4036 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4037 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4038 else
4039 {
4040 xassert (it->len != 0);
4041 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4042 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4043 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4044 }
4045 }
4046 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4047 {
4048 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4049 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4050 {
4051 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4052 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4053 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4054 goto consider_string_end;
4055 }
4056 else
4057 {
4058 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4059 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4060 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4061 }
4062 }
4063 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4064 {
4065 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4066 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4067 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4068 }
4069 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4070 {
4071 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4072 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4073 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4074 strings. */
4075 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4076
4077 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4078 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4079 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4080
4081 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4082 {
4083 if (it->s)
4084 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4085 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4086 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4087 else
4088 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4089
4090 it->dpvec = NULL;
4091 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4092
4093 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4094 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4095 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4096 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4097 {
4098 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4099 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4100 }
4101 }
4102 }
4103 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4104 {
4105 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4106 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4107 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4108 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4109
4110 consider_string_end:
4111
4112 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4113 {
4114 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4115 next, if there is one. */
4116 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4117 next_overlay_string (it);
4118 }
4119 else
4120 {
4121 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4122 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4123 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4124 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4125 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
4126 && it->sp > 0)
4127 {
4128 pop_it (it);
4129 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4130 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4131 }
4132 }
4133 }
4134 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4135 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4136 {
4137 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4138 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4139 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4140 pop_it (it);
4141 it->image_id = 0;
4142 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4143 {
4144 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4145 goto consider_string_end;
4146 }
4147 else
4148 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4149 }
4150 else
4151 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4152 abort ();
4153
4154 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4155 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4156 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4157 }
4158
4159
4160 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4161 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4162 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4163 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4164
4165 static int
4166 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4167 struct it *it;
4168 {
4169 /* Precondition. */
4170 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4171
4172 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4173 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4174 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4175
4176 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4177 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4178 {
4179 int lface_id;
4180 GLYPH g;
4181
4182 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4183 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4184 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4185
4186 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4187 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4188 zero means no face is specified. */
4189 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4190 if (lface_id)
4191 {
4192 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4193 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4194 if (face_id >= 0)
4195 it->face_id = face_id;
4196 }
4197 }
4198 else
4199 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4200 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4201
4202 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4203 still the values of the character that had this display table
4204 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4205 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4206 return 1;
4207 }
4208
4209
4210 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4211 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4212 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4213 overlay string. */
4214
4215 static int
4216 next_element_from_string (it)
4217 struct it *it;
4218 {
4219 struct text_pos position;
4220
4221 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4222 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4223 position = it->current.string_pos;
4224
4225 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4226 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4227 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4228 {
4229 handle_stop (it);
4230
4231 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4232 recurse here. */
4233 return get_next_display_element (it);
4234 }
4235
4236 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4237 {
4238 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4239 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4240 do. */
4241 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4242 {
4243 it->what = IT_EOB;
4244 return 0;
4245 }
4246 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4247 {
4248 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4249 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4250 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4251 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4252 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4253 }
4254 else
4255 {
4256 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4257 it->len = 1;
4258 }
4259 }
4260 else
4261 {
4262 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4263 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4264 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4265 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4266 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4267 {
4268 it->what = IT_EOB;
4269 return 0;
4270 }
4271 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4272 {
4273 /* Pad with spaces. */
4274 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4275 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4276 }
4277 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4278 {
4279 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4280 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4281 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4282 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4283 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4284 }
4285 else
4286 {
4287 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4288 it->len = 1;
4289 }
4290 }
4291
4292 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4293 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4294 string position. */
4295 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4296 it->object = it->string;
4297 it->position = position;
4298 return 1;
4299 }
4300
4301
4302 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4303 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4304 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4305 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4306 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4307 reached, including padding spaces. */
4308
4309 static int
4310 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4311 struct it *it;
4312 {
4313 int success_p = 1;
4314
4315 xassert (it->s);
4316 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4317 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4318 it->object = Qnil;
4319
4320 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4321 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4322 initialized. */
4323 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4324 {
4325 /* End of the game. */
4326 it->what = IT_EOB;
4327 success_p = 0;
4328 }
4329 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4330 {
4331 /* Pad with spaces. */
4332 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4333 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4334 }
4335 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4336 {
4337 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4338 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4339 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4340 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4341 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4342 maxlen, &it->len);
4343 }
4344 else
4345 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4346
4347 return success_p;
4348 }
4349
4350
4351 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4352 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4353 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4354 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4355
4356 static int
4357 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4358 struct it *it;
4359 {
4360 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4361 {
4362 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4363 {
4364 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4365 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4366 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4367 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4368 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4369 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4370 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4371 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4372 }
4373 else
4374 {
4375 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4376 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4377 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4378 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4379 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4380 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4381 }
4382 }
4383 else
4384 {
4385 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4386 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4387 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4388 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4389 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4390 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4391 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4392 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4393 }
4394
4395 return get_next_display_element (it);
4396 }
4397
4398
4399 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4400 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4401 is always 1. */
4402
4403
4404 static int
4405 next_element_from_image (it)
4406 struct it *it;
4407 {
4408 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4409 return 1;
4410 }
4411
4412
4413 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4414 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4415 always 1. */
4416
4417 static int
4418 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4419 struct it *it;
4420 {
4421 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4422 return 1;
4423 }
4424
4425
4426 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4427 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4428 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4429 end. */
4430
4431 static int
4432 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4433 struct it *it;
4434 {
4435 int success_p = 1;
4436
4437 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4438 if-statement, below. */
4439 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4440 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4441
4442 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4443 {
4444 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4445 {
4446 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4447
4448 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4449 haven't been returned yet. */
4450 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4451 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4452 else
4453 {
4454 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4455 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4456 }
4457
4458 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4459 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4460 else
4461 {
4462 it->what = IT_EOB;
4463 it->position = it->current.pos;
4464 success_p = 0;
4465 }
4466 }
4467 else
4468 {
4469 handle_stop (it);
4470 return get_next_display_element (it);
4471 }
4472 }
4473 else
4474 {
4475 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4476 character from current_buffer. */
4477 unsigned char *p;
4478
4479 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4480 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4481 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4482 && it->glyph_row
4483 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4484 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4485
4486 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4487 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4488 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4489 {
4490 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4491 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4492 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4493 }
4494 else
4495 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4496
4497 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4498 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4499 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4500 it->position = it->current.pos;
4501
4502 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4503 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4504 if (it->selective)
4505 {
4506 if (it->c == '\n')
4507 {
4508 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4509 than that number of columns. */
4510 if (it->selective > 0
4511 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4512 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4513 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4514 it->selective))
4515 {
4516 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4517 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4518 }
4519 }
4520 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4521 {
4522 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4523 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4524 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4525 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4526 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4527 }
4528 }
4529 }
4530
4531 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4532 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4533 return success_p;
4534 }
4535
4536
4537 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4538
4539 static void
4540 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4541 struct it *it;
4542 {
4543 Lisp_Object args[3];
4544
4545 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4546 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4547 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4548
4549 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4550 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4551 args[1] = it->window;
4552 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4553 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4554
4555 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4556 them again, even if they get an error. */
4557 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4558 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4559
4560 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4561 handle_face_prop (it);
4562 }
4563
4564
4565 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4566 filled with composition information (done in
4567 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4568
4569 static int
4570 next_element_from_composition (it)
4571 struct it *it;
4572 {
4573 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4574 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4575 ? it->current.string_pos
4576 : it->current.pos);
4577 return 1;
4578 }
4579
4580
4581 \f
4582 /***********************************************************************
4583 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4584 ***********************************************************************/
4585
4586 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4587 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4588
4589 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4590 whichever is reached first.
4591
4592 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4593
4594 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4595 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4596 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4597 scrolled.
4598
4599 Value is
4600
4601 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4602 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4603
4604 MOVE_X_REACHED
4605 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4606
4607 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4608 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4609 be continued.
4610
4611 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4612 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4613 truncated.
4614
4615 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4616 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4617 display is on. */
4618
4619 static enum move_it_result
4620 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4621 struct it *it;
4622 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4623 {
4624 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4625 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4626
4627 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4628 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4629 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4630
4631 while (1)
4632 {
4633 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4634
4635 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4636 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4637 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4638 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4639 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4640 {
4641 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4642 break;
4643 }
4644
4645 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4646 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4647 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4648 fit on the line. */
4649 x = it->current_x;
4650
4651 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4652 fit on the line. */
4653 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4654 {
4655 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4656 descent = it->max_descent;
4657 }
4658
4659 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4660
4661 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4662 {
4663 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4664 continue;
4665 }
4666
4667 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4668 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4669 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4670 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4671 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4672 composite character.
4673
4674 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4675 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4676 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4677 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4678 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4679 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4680 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4681 next line.
4682
4683 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4684 the same width. */
4685 if (it->nglyphs)
4686 {
4687 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4688 glyphs have the same width. */
4689 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4690 int new_x;
4691
4692 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4693 {
4694 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4695
4696 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4697 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4698 {
4699 it->current_x = x;
4700 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4701 break;
4702 }
4703 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4704 !it->truncate_lines_p
4705 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4706 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4707 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4708 system frame. */
4709 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4710 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4711 {
4712 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4713 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4714 it->hpos == 0
4715 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4716 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4717 {
4718 ++it->hpos;
4719 it->current_x = new_x;
4720 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4721 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4722 }
4723 else
4724 {
4725 it->current_x = x;
4726 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4727 it->max_descent = descent;
4728 }
4729
4730 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4731 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4732 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4733 break;
4734 }
4735 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4736 {
4737 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4738 would be displayed. */
4739 ++it->hpos;
4740 }
4741 else
4742 {
4743 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4744 area. Nothing to do. */
4745 }
4746 }
4747
4748 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4749 break;
4750 }
4751 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4752 {
4753 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4754 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4755 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4756 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4757 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4758 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4759 break;
4760 }
4761
4762 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4763 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4764 {
4765 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4766 break;
4767 }
4768
4769 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4770 to the next. */
4771 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4772
4773 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4774 past the right edge of the window now. */
4775 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4776 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4777 {
4778 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4779 break;
4780 }
4781 }
4782
4783 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4784 function. */
4785 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4786 return result;
4787 }
4788
4789
4790 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4791 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4792 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4793
4794 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4795 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4796 TO_CHARPOS. */
4797
4798 void
4799 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4800 struct it *it;
4801 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4802 int op;
4803 {
4804 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4805 int line_height;
4806 int reached = 0;
4807
4808 for (;;)
4809 {
4810 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4811 {
4812 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4813 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4814 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4815 {
4816 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4817 {
4818 reached = 1;
4819 break;
4820 }
4821 else
4822 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4823 }
4824 else
4825 {
4826 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4827 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4828 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4829 {
4830 reached = 2;
4831 break;
4832 }
4833
4834 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4835
4836 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4837 {
4838 reached = 3;
4839 break;
4840 }
4841 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4842 {
4843 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4844 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4845 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4846 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4847 {
4848 reached = 4;
4849 break;
4850 }
4851 }
4852 }
4853 }
4854 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4855 {
4856 struct it it_backup;
4857
4858 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4859 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4860 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4861 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4862 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4863 TO_X.
4864
4865 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4866 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4867 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4868 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4869 to happen. */
4870 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4871 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4872 ? to_x : 0),
4873 (MOVE_TO_X
4874 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4875
4876 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4877 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4878 {
4879 reached = 5;
4880 break;
4881 }
4882
4883 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4884 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4885 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4886 the line. */
4887 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4888 {
4889 it_backup = *it;
4890 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4891 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4892 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4893 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4894 }
4895
4896 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4897 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4898 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
4899
4900 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4901 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4902 {
4903 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4904 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4905 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4906 to the ones before skipping. */
4907 *it = it_backup;
4908 reached = 6;
4909 }
4910 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4911 {
4912 skip = skip2;
4913 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4914 reached = 7;
4915 }
4916
4917 if (reached)
4918 break;
4919 }
4920 else
4921 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4922
4923 switch (skip)
4924 {
4925 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4926 reached = 8;
4927 goto out;
4928
4929 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4930 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4931 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4932 break;
4933
4934 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4935 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4936 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4937 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4938 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4939 {
4940 reached = 9;
4941 goto out;
4942 }
4943 break;
4944
4945 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4946 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4947 break;
4948
4949 default:
4950 abort ();
4951 }
4952
4953 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4954 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4955 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4956 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4957 ++it->vpos;
4958 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4959 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4960 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4961 }
4962
4963 out:
4964
4965 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
4966 }
4967
4968
4969 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4970
4971 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4972 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4973 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4974 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4975 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4976
4977 void
4978 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4979 struct it *it;
4980 int dy;
4981 {
4982 int nlines, h, line_height;
4983 struct it it2;
4984 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4985
4986 xassert (dy >= 0);
4987
4988 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4989 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4990
4991 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4992 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4993 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4994
4995 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4996 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4997 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4998 use reseat_1 here. */
4999 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5000
5001 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5002 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5003
5004 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5005 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5006 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5007 y-distance. */
5008 it2 = *it;
5009 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5010 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5011 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5012 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5013 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
5014
5015 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5016 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5017 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5018 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5019
5020 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5021 it->vpos -= nlines;
5022 it->current_y -= h;
5023
5024 if (dy == 0)
5025 {
5026 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5027 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5028 if (nlines > 0)
5029 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5030 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5031 }
5032 else if (nlines)
5033 {
5034 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5035 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5036 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5037
5038 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5039 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5040 if (target_y < it->current_y
5041 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5042 {
5043 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5044 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5045 }
5046 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5047 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5048 {
5049 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5050 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5051 }
5052 }
5053 }
5054
5055
5056 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5057 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5058 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5059
5060 void
5061 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5062 struct it *it;
5063 int dy;
5064 {
5065 if (dy <= 0)
5066 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5067 else if (dy > 0)
5068 {
5069 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5070 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5071 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5072 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5073
5074 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5075 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5076 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5077 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5078 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5079 }
5080 }
5081
5082
5083 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5084
5085 void
5086 move_it_past_eol (it)
5087 struct it *it;
5088 {
5089 enum move_it_result rc;
5090
5091 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5092 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5093 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5094 }
5095
5096
5097 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5098
5099 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5100 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5101 property lookup. */
5102
5103 static int
5104 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5105 struct it *it;
5106 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5107 {
5108 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5109 int invisible_found_p;
5110
5111 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5112
5113 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5114 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5115 it->window);
5116 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5117 invisible_found_p = 1;
5118 else
5119 {
5120 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5121 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5122 make_number (end_charpos));
5123 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5124 }
5125
5126 return invisible_found_p;
5127 }
5128
5129 #endif /* 0 */
5130
5131
5132 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5133 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5134 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5135 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5136
5137 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5138 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5139 truncate-lines nil. */
5140
5141 void
5142 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5143 struct it *it;
5144 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5145 {
5146 struct position pos;
5147
5148 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5149 {
5150 struct text_pos textpos;
5151
5152 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5153 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5154 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5155 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5156 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5157 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5158 }
5159 else if (dvpos == 0)
5160 {
5161 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5162 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5163 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5164 }
5165 else if (dvpos > 0)
5166 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5167 else
5168 {
5169 struct it it2;
5170 int start_charpos, i;
5171
5172 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5173 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5174 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5175 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5176 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5177 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5178
5179 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5180 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5181 it2 = *it;
5182 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5183 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5184 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5185 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5186 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5187
5188 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5189 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5190 {
5191 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5192 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5193 }
5194 }
5195 }
5196
5197
5198 \f
5199 /***********************************************************************
5200 Messages
5201 ***********************************************************************/
5202
5203
5204 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5205 to *Messages*. */
5206
5207 void
5208 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5209 char *format;
5210 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5211 {
5212 Lisp_Object args[3];
5213 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5214 char *buffer;
5215 int len;
5216 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5217
5218 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5219 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5220
5221 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5222 args[1] = arg1;
5223 args[2] = arg2;
5224 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5225
5226 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
5227 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5228 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
5229
5230 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5231 UNGCPRO;
5232 }
5233
5234
5235 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5236
5237 void
5238 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5239 {
5240 if (message_log_need_newline)
5241 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5242 }
5243
5244
5245 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
5246 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5247 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5248 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5249 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5250
5251 void
5252 message_dolog (m, nbytes, nlflag, multibyte)
5253 char *m;
5254 int nbytes, nlflag, multibyte;
5255 {
5256 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5257 {
5258 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5259 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5260 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5261 int point_at_end = 0;
5262 int zv_at_end = 0;
5263 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5264 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5265
5266 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5267 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5268 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5269 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5270
5271 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5272 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5273 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5274 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5275
5276 if (PT == Z)
5277 point_at_end = 1;
5278 if (ZV == Z)
5279 zv_at_end = 1;
5280
5281 BEGV = BEG;
5282 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5283 ZV = Z;
5284 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5285 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5286
5287 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5288 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5289 if (multibyte
5290 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5291 {
5292 int i, c, char_bytes;
5293 unsigned char work[1];
5294
5295 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5296 for the *Message* buffer. */
5297 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += nbytes)
5298 {
5299 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, nbytes - i, &char_bytes);
5300 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5301 ? c
5302 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5303 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5304 }
5305 }
5306 else if (! multibyte
5307 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5308 {
5309 int i, c, char_bytes;
5310 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5311 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5312 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5313 for the *Message* buffer. */
5314 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5315 {
5316 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5317 char_bytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5318 insert_1_both (str, 1, char_bytes, 1, 0, 0);
5319 }
5320 }
5321 else if (nbytes)
5322 insert_1 (m, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5323
5324 if (nlflag)
5325 {
5326 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5327 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5328
5329 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5330 this_bol = PT;
5331 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5332
5333 if (this_bol > BEG)
5334 {
5335 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5336 prev_bol = PT;
5337 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5338
5339 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5340 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5341 if (dup)
5342 {
5343 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5344 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5345 if (dup > 1)
5346 {
5347 char dupstr[40];
5348 int duplen;
5349
5350 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5351 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5352 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5353 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5354 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5355 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5356 }
5357 }
5358 }
5359
5360 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5361 {
5362 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5363 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5364 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5365 }
5366 }
5367 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5368 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5369
5370 if (zv_at_end)
5371 {
5372 ZV = Z;
5373 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5374 }
5375 else
5376 {
5377 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5378 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5379 }
5380
5381 if (point_at_end)
5382 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5383 else
5384 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5385 Lisp code. */
5386 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5387 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5388
5389 UNGCPRO;
5390 free_marker (oldpoint);
5391 free_marker (oldbegv);
5392 free_marker (oldzv);
5393
5394 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5395 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5396 if (NILP (tem))
5397 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5398 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5399 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5400 }
5401 }
5402
5403
5404 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5405 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5406 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5407 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5408 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5409
5410 static int
5411 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5412 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5413 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5414 {
5415 int i;
5416 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5417 int seen_dots = 0;
5418 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5419 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5420
5421 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5422 {
5423 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5424 seen_dots = 1;
5425 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5426 return seen_dots;
5427 }
5428 p1 += len;
5429 if (*p1 == '\n')
5430 return 2;
5431 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5432 {
5433 int n = 0;
5434 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5435 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5436 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5437 return n+1;
5438 }
5439 return 0;
5440 }
5441
5442
5443 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5444 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5445 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
5446 through.
5447
5448 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5449 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5450 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5451 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5452
5453 void
5454 message2 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5455 char *m;
5456 int nbytes;
5457 int multibyte;
5458 {
5459 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5460 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5461 if (m)
5462 message_dolog (m, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5463 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5464 }
5465
5466
5467 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5468
5469 void
5470 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5471 char *m;
5472 int nbytes;
5473 {
5474 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5475 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5476
5477 if (noninteractive)
5478 {
5479 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5480 putc ('\n', stderr);
5481 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5482 if (m)
5483 fwrite (m, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5484 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5485 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5486 fflush (stderr);
5487 }
5488 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5489 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5490 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5491 else if (INTERACTIVE
5492 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5493 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5494 {
5495 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5496 struct frame *f;
5497
5498 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5499 that the selected frame is using. */
5500 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5501 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5502
5503 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5504 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5505 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5506 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5507
5508 if (m)
5509 {
5510 set_message (m, Qnil, nbytes, multibyte);
5511 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5512 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5513 }
5514 else
5515 clear_message (1, 1);
5516
5517 do_pending_window_change (0);
5518 echo_area_display (1);
5519 do_pending_window_change (0);
5520 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5521 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5522 }
5523 }
5524
5525
5526 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5527 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5528 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5529 text show through. */
5530
5531 void
5532 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5533 Lisp_Object m;
5534 int nbytes;
5535 int multibyte;
5536 {
5537 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5538
5539 GCPRO1 (m);
5540
5541 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5542 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5543 if (STRINGP (m))
5544 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5545 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5546
5547 UNGCPRO;
5548 }
5549
5550
5551 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5552
5553 void
5554 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5555 Lisp_Object m;
5556 int nbytes, multibyte;
5557 {
5558 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5559 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5560
5561 if (noninteractive)
5562 {
5563 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5564 putc ('\n', stderr);
5565 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5566 if (STRINGP (m))
5567 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5568 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5569 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5570 fflush (stderr);
5571 }
5572 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5573 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5574 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5575 else if (INTERACTIVE
5576 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5577 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5578 {
5579 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5580 Lisp_Object frame;
5581 struct frame *f;
5582
5583 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5584 that the selected frame is using. */
5585 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5586 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5587 f = XFRAME (frame);
5588
5589 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5590 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5591 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5592 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5593
5594 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5595 {
5596 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5597 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5598 Fraise_frame (frame);
5599 }
5600 else
5601 clear_message (1, 1);
5602
5603 do_pending_window_change (0);
5604 echo_area_display (1);
5605 do_pending_window_change (0);
5606 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5607 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5608 }
5609 }
5610
5611
5612 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5613 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5614
5615 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5616 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5617 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5618 that was alloca'd. */
5619
5620 void
5621 message1 (m)
5622 char *m;
5623 {
5624 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5625 }
5626
5627
5628 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5629
5630 void
5631 message1_nolog (m)
5632 char *m;
5633 {
5634 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5635 }
5636
5637 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5638 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5639
5640 void
5641 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5642 char *m;
5643 Lisp_Object string;
5644 int log;
5645 {
5646 if (noninteractive)
5647 {
5648 if (m)
5649 {
5650 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5651 putc ('\n', stderr);
5652 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5653 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5654 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5655 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5656 fflush (stderr);
5657 }
5658 }
5659 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5660 {
5661 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5662 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5663 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5664 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5665 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5666
5667 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5668 that the selected frame is using. */
5669 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5670 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5671
5672 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5673 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5674 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5675 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5676 {
5677 int len;
5678 char *a[1];
5679 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5680
5681 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5682 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5683
5684 if (log)
5685 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5686 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5687 else
5688 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5689 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5690
5691 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5692 buffer next time. */
5693 message_buf_print = 0;
5694 }
5695 }
5696 }
5697
5698
5699 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5700 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5701
5702 /* VARARGS 1 */
5703 void
5704 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5705 char *m;
5706 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5707 {
5708 if (noninteractive)
5709 {
5710 if (m)
5711 {
5712 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5713 putc ('\n', stderr);
5714 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5715 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5716 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5717 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5718 fflush (stderr);
5719 }
5720 }
5721 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5722 {
5723 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5724 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5725 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5726 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5727 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5728
5729 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5730 that the selected frame is using. */
5731 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5732 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5733
5734 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5735 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5736 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5737 it. */
5738 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5739 {
5740 if (m)
5741 {
5742 int len;
5743 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5744 char *a[3];
5745 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5746 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5747 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5748
5749 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5750 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5751 #else
5752 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5753 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5754 (char **) &a1);
5755 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5756
5757 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5758 }
5759 else
5760 message1 (0);
5761
5762 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5763 buffer next time. */
5764 message_buf_print = 0;
5765 }
5766 }
5767 }
5768
5769
5770 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5771
5772 void
5773 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5774 char *m;
5775 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5776 {
5777 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5778 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5779 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5780 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5781 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5782 }
5783
5784
5785 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5786 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5787 critical. */
5788
5789 void
5790 update_echo_area ()
5791 {
5792 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5793 {
5794 Lisp_Object string;
5795 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5796 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5797 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5798 }
5799 }
5800
5801
5802 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5803 aren't, make new ones. */
5804
5805 static void
5806 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5807 {
5808 int i;
5809
5810 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5811 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5812 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5813 {
5814 char name[30];
5815 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
5816 int j;
5817
5818 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
5819 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5820 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5821 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5822
5823 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
5824 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
5825 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
5826 }
5827 }
5828
5829
5830 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
5831 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5832
5833 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5834 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5835 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5836
5837 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5838 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5839
5840 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5841 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5842 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5843
5844 Value is what FN returns. */
5845
5846 static int
5847 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
5848 struct window *w;
5849 int which;
5850 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
5851 EMACS_INT a1;
5852 Lisp_Object a2;
5853 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5854 {
5855 Lisp_Object buffer;
5856 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5857 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
5858
5859 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5860 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5861
5862 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5863
5864 if (which == 0)
5865 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5866 else if (which > 0)
5867 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5868 else
5869 {
5870 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5871 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5872
5873 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5874 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5875 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5876 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5877 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5878 }
5879
5880 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5881 have one. */
5882 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5883 {
5884 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5885 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5886 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5887 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5888 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5889 }
5890
5891 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5892
5893 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5894 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5895
5896 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5897 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5898 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5899 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5900 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5901 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5902 aborts. */
5903 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5904 if (w)
5905 {
5906 w->buffer = buffer;
5907 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5908 }
5909
5910 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5911 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5912 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5913
5914 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5915 del_range (BEG, Z);
5916
5917 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5918 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5919
5920 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
5921
5922 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5923 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5924
5925 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5926 return rc;
5927 }
5928
5929
5930 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5931 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5932
5933 static Lisp_Object
5934 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5935 struct window *w;
5936 {
5937 int i = 0;
5938 Lisp_Object vector;
5939
5940 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5941 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5942 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5943 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5944
5945 if (NILP (vector))
5946 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5947
5948 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5949 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5950 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5951
5952 if (w)
5953 {
5954 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5955 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5956 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5957 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5958 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5959 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5960 }
5961 else
5962 {
5963 int end = i + 4;
5964 while (i < end)
5965 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5966 }
5967
5968 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5969 return vector;
5970 }
5971
5972
5973 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5974 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5975
5976 static Lisp_Object
5977 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5978 Lisp_Object vector;
5979 {
5980 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
5981 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
5982 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
5983
5984 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
5985 {
5986 struct window *w;
5987 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5988
5989 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
5990 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
5991 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
5992 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
5993
5994 w->buffer = buffer;
5995 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
5996 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
5997 }
5998
5999 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6000 return Qnil;
6001 }
6002
6003
6004 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6005 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6006
6007 void
6008 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6009 int multibyte_p;
6010 {
6011 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6012
6013 if (!message_buf_print)
6014 {
6015 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6016 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6017 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6018 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6019 else
6020 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6021
6022 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6023 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6024
6025 if (Z > BEG)
6026 {
6027 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6028 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6029 del_range (BEG, Z);
6030 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6031 }
6032 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6033
6034 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6035 if (multibyte_p
6036 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6037 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6038
6039 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6040 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6041 {
6042 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6043 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6044 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6045 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6046 }
6047
6048 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6049 message_buf_print = 1;
6050 }
6051 else
6052 {
6053 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6054 {
6055 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6056 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6057 else
6058 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6059 }
6060
6061 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6062 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6063 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6064 }
6065 }
6066
6067
6068 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6069 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6070 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6071 display the current message. */
6072
6073 static int
6074 display_echo_area (w)
6075 struct window *w;
6076 {
6077 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6078
6079 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6080 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6081 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6082 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6083 redisplay. */
6084 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6085
6086 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6087 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6088 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6089 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6090 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6091 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6092
6093 window_height_changed_p
6094 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6095 display_echo_area_1,
6096 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6097
6098 if (no_message_p)
6099 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6100
6101 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6102 return window_height_changed_p;
6103 }
6104
6105
6106 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6107 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6108 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6109 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6110 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6111
6112 static int
6113 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6114 EMACS_INT a1;
6115 Lisp_Object a2;
6116 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6117 {
6118 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6119 Lisp_Object window;
6120 struct text_pos start;
6121 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6122
6123 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6124 matrix for the display. */
6125 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6126
6127 /* Display. */
6128 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6129 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6130 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6131 try_window (window, start);
6132
6133 return window_height_changed_p;
6134 }
6135
6136
6137 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6138 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
6139
6140 void
6141 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
6142 {
6143 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6144 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6145 {
6146 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6147 int resized_p;
6148
6149 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6150 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6151 if (resized_p)
6152 {
6153 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6154 ++update_mode_lines;
6155 redisplay_internal (0);
6156 }
6157 }
6158 }
6159
6160
6161 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6162 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6163 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
6164 returns. */
6165
6166 static int
6167 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6168 EMACS_INT a1;
6169 Lisp_Object a2;
6170 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6171 {
6172 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
6173 }
6174
6175
6176 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6177 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6178 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6179 the window height has been changed. */
6180
6181 int
6182 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6183 struct window *w;
6184 int exact_p;
6185 {
6186 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6187 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6188
6189 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6190
6191 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6192 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6193 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6194 return 0;
6195
6196 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6197 {
6198 struct it it;
6199 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6200 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6201 int height, max_height;
6202 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6203 struct text_pos start;
6204 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6205
6206 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6207 {
6208 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6209 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6210 }
6211
6212 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6213
6214 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6215 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6216 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
6217 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6218 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6219 else
6220 max_height = total_height / 4;
6221
6222 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6223 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6224 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6225
6226 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6227 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6228 height = 1;
6229 else
6230 {
6231 last_height = 0;
6232 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6233 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6234 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6235 else
6236 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6237 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6238 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6239 }
6240
6241 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6242 if (height > max_height)
6243 {
6244 height = max_height;
6245 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6246 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6247 start = it.current.pos;
6248 }
6249 else
6250 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6251 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6252
6253 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6254 {
6255 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6256 case the window shrinks again. */
6257 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6258 {
6259 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6260 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6261 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6262 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6263 }
6264 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6265 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6266 {
6267 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6268 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6269 shrink_mini_window (w);
6270 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6271 }
6272 }
6273 else
6274 {
6275 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6276 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6277 {
6278 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6279 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6280 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6281 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6282 }
6283 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6284 {
6285 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6286 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6287 shrink_mini_window (w);
6288
6289 if (height)
6290 {
6291 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6292 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6293 }
6294
6295 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6296 }
6297 }
6298
6299 if (old_current_buffer)
6300 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6301 }
6302
6303 return window_height_changed_p;
6304 }
6305
6306
6307 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6308 current message. */
6309
6310 Lisp_Object
6311 current_message ()
6312 {
6313 Lisp_Object msg;
6314
6315 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6316 msg = Qnil;
6317 else
6318 {
6319 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6320 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6321 if (NILP (msg))
6322 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6323 }
6324
6325 return msg;
6326 }
6327
6328
6329 static int
6330 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6331 EMACS_INT a1;
6332 Lisp_Object a2;
6333 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6334 {
6335 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6336
6337 if (Z > BEG)
6338 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6339 else
6340 *msg = Qnil;
6341 return 0;
6342 }
6343
6344
6345 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6346 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6347 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6348 worth optimizing. */
6349
6350 int
6351 push_message ()
6352 {
6353 Lisp_Object msg;
6354 msg = current_message ();
6355 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6356 return STRINGP (msg);
6357 }
6358
6359
6360 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
6361
6362 Lisp_Object
6363 push_message_unwind (dummy)
6364 Lisp_Object dummy;
6365 {
6366 pop_message ();
6367 return Qnil;
6368 }
6369
6370
6371 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6372
6373 void
6374 restore_message ()
6375 {
6376 Lisp_Object msg;
6377
6378 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6379 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6380 if (STRINGP (msg))
6381 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6382 else
6383 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6384 }
6385
6386
6387 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6388
6389 void
6390 pop_message ()
6391 {
6392 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6393 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6394 }
6395
6396
6397 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6398 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6399 somewhere. */
6400
6401 void
6402 check_message_stack ()
6403 {
6404 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6405 abort ();
6406 }
6407
6408
6409 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6410 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6411
6412 void
6413 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6414 int nchars;
6415 {
6416 if (nchars == 0)
6417 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6418 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6419 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6420 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6421 else if (!noninteractive
6422 && INTERACTIVE
6423 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6424 {
6425 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6426 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6427 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6428 }
6429 }
6430
6431
6432 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6433 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6434
6435 static int
6436 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6437 EMACS_INT nchars;
6438 Lisp_Object a2;
6439 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6440 {
6441 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6442 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6443 if (Z == BEG)
6444 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6445 return 0;
6446 }
6447
6448
6449 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6450
6451 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6452 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6453 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6454
6455 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6456 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6457 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6458
6459 void
6460 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6461 char *s;
6462 Lisp_Object string;
6463 int nbytes;
6464 {
6465 message_enable_multibyte
6466 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6467 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6468
6469 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6470 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6471 message_buf_print = 0;
6472 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6473 }
6474
6475
6476 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6477 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6478 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6479 current. */
6480
6481 static int
6482 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6483 EMACS_INT a1;
6484 Lisp_Object a2;
6485 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6486 {
6487 char *s = (char *) a1;
6488 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6489
6490 xassert (BEG == Z);
6491
6492 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6493 if (message_enable_multibyte
6494 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6495 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6496
6497 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6498
6499 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6500 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6501
6502 if (STRINGP (string))
6503 {
6504 int nchars;
6505
6506 if (nbytes == 0)
6507 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6508 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6509
6510 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6511 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6512 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6513 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6514 }
6515 else if (s)
6516 {
6517 if (nbytes == 0)
6518 nbytes = strlen (s);
6519
6520 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6521 {
6522 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6523 int i, c, n;
6524 unsigned char work[1];
6525
6526 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6527 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6528 {
6529 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6530 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6531 ? c
6532 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6533 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6534 }
6535 }
6536 else if (!multibyte_p
6537 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6538 {
6539 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6540 int i, c, n;
6541 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6542 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6543
6544 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6545 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6546 {
6547 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6548 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6549 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6550 }
6551 }
6552 else
6553 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6554 }
6555
6556 return 0;
6557 }
6558
6559
6560 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6561 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6562 last displayed. */
6563
6564 void
6565 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6566 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6567 {
6568 if (current_p)
6569 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6570
6571 if (last_displayed_p)
6572 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6573
6574 message_buf_print = 0;
6575 }
6576
6577 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6578
6579 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6580 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6581 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6582 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6583 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6584 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6585
6586 static void
6587 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6588 {
6589 if (frame_garbaged)
6590 {
6591 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6592
6593 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6594 {
6595 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6596
6597 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6598 {
6599 clear_current_matrices (f);
6600 f->garbaged = 0;
6601 }
6602 }
6603
6604 frame_garbaged = 0;
6605 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6606 }
6607 }
6608
6609
6610 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6611 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6612 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6613
6614 static int
6615 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6616 int update_frame_p;
6617 {
6618 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6619 struct window *w;
6620 struct frame *f;
6621 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6622 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6623
6624 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6625 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6626 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6627
6628 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6629 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6630 return 0;
6631
6632 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
6633 #ifndef macintosh
6634 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6635 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6636 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6637 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6638 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6639 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6640 return 0;
6641 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6642 #endif
6643
6644 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6645 if (frame_garbaged)
6646 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6647
6648 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6649 {
6650 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6651 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6652 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6653
6654 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
6655 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
6656 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
6657 here could cause confusion. */
6658 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
6659 {
6660 int n = 0;
6661
6662 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6663 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6664 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6665 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6666 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6667 if (!display_completed)
6668 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6669
6670 if (window_height_changed_p)
6671 {
6672 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
6673 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
6674 pending input. */
6675 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6676 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
6677 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6678 redisplay_internal (0);
6679 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6680 }
6681 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6682 {
6683 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6684 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6685 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6686 update_single_window (w, 1);
6687 rif->flush_display (f);
6688 }
6689 else
6690 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6691
6692 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
6693 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
6694 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
6695 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
6696 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6697 }
6698 }
6699 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6700 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6701
6702 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6703 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6704
6705 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6706 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6707 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6708 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6709 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6710
6711 return window_height_changed_p;
6712 }
6713
6714
6715 \f
6716 /***********************************************************************
6717 Frame Titles
6718 ***********************************************************************/
6719
6720
6721 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6722
6723 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6724 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6725
6726 static char *frame_title_buf;
6727
6728 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6729
6730 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6731 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6732
6733
6734 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6735 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6736
6737 static void
6738 store_frame_title_char (c)
6739 char c;
6740 {
6741 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6742 double the buffer's size. */
6743 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6744 {
6745 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6746 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6747 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6748 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6749 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6750 }
6751
6752 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6753 }
6754
6755
6756 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6757 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy
6758 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
6759 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
6760 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
6761 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
6762 frame title. */
6763
6764 static int
6765 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6766 unsigned char *str;
6767 int field_width, precision;
6768 {
6769 int n = 0;
6770 int dummy, nbytes, width;
6771
6772 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6773 nbytes = strlen (str);
6774 n+= c_string_width (str, nbytes, precision, &dummy, &nbytes);
6775 while (nbytes--)
6776 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6777
6778 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6779 while (field_width > 0
6780 && n < field_width)
6781 {
6782 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6783 ++n;
6784 }
6785
6786 return n;
6787 }
6788
6789
6790 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6791 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6792 frame_title_format. */
6793
6794 static void
6795 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6796 Lisp_Object frame;
6797 {
6798 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6799
6800 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6801 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6802 || f->explicit_name)
6803 {
6804 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6805 Lisp_Object tail;
6806 Lisp_Object fmt;
6807 struct buffer *obuf;
6808 int len;
6809 struct it it;
6810
6811 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6812 {
6813 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6814
6815 if (tf != f
6816 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6817 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6818 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6819 break;
6820 }
6821
6822 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6823 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6824
6825 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6826 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6827 then display the title. */
6828 obuf = current_buffer;
6829 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6830 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6831 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6832 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6833 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6834 display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6835 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6836 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6837 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6838
6839 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6840 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6841 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6842 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6843 higher level than this.) */
6844 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6845 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6846 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6847 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6848 }
6849 }
6850
6851 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6852
6853 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6854 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6855
6856 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6857
6858
6859
6860 \f
6861 /***********************************************************************
6862 Menu Bars
6863 ***********************************************************************/
6864
6865
6866 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6867 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6868
6869 void
6870 prepare_menu_bars ()
6871 {
6872 int all_windows;
6873 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6874 struct frame *f;
6875 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
6876
6877 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6878 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6879 #else
6880 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
6881 #endif
6882
6883 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6884 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6885 up-to-date frame titles. */
6886 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6887 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6888 {
6889 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6890
6891 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6892 {
6893 f = XFRAME (frame);
6894 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
6895 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6896 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6897 }
6898 }
6899 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6900
6901 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6902 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6903 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6904 || buffer_shared > 1
6905 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6906 if (all_windows)
6907 {
6908 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6909 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6910
6911 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6912
6913 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6914 {
6915 f = XFRAME (frame);
6916
6917 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6918 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
6919 continue;
6920
6921 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6922 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6923 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6924 {
6925 Lisp_Object functions;
6926
6927 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6928 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6929 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6930 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6931
6932 while (CONSP (functions))
6933 {
6934 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6935 functions = XCDR (functions);
6936 }
6937 UNGCPRO;
6938 }
6939
6940 GCPRO1 (tail);
6941 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6942 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6943 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6944 #endif
6945 UNGCPRO;
6946 }
6947
6948 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6949 }
6950 else
6951 {
6952 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6953 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6954 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6955 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6956 #endif
6957 }
6958
6959 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6960 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6961 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6962 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6963 #endif
6964 }
6965
6966
6967 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6968 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6969 eval.
6970
6971 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6972
6973 static void
6974 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6975 struct frame *f;
6976 int save_match_data;
6977 {
6978 Lisp_Object window;
6979 register struct window *w;
6980
6981 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6982 w = XWINDOW (window);
6983
6984 if (update_mode_lines)
6985 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6986
6987 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6988 ?
6989 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
6990 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6991 #else
6992 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6993 #endif
6994 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6995 {
6996 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6997 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6998 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6999 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7000 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7001 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7002 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7003 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7004 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7005 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7006 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7007 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7008 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7009 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7010 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7011 {
7012 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7013 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7014
7015 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7016 if (save_match_data)
7017 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7018 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7019 {
7020 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7021 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7022 }
7023
7024 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7025 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7026
7027 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7028 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7029 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7030 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7031
7032 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7033 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7034
7035 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7036 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7037 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7038 #if defined (macintosh)
7039 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7040 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7041 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7042 #endif
7043 )
7044 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7045 else
7046 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7047 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7048 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7049 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7050 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7051 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7052 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7053 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7054
7055 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7056 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7057 }
7058 }
7059 }
7060
7061
7062 \f
7063 /***********************************************************************
7064 Tool-bars
7065 ***********************************************************************/
7066
7067 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7068
7069 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7070 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7071 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7072 and restore it here. */
7073
7074 static void
7075 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7076 struct frame *f;
7077 int save_match_data;
7078 {
7079 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7080 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7081 {
7082 Lisp_Object window;
7083 struct window *w;
7084
7085 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7086 w = XWINDOW (window);
7087
7088 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7089 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7090 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7091 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7092 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7093 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7094 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7095 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7096 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7097 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7098 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7099 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7100 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7101 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7102 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7103 {
7104 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7105 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7106
7107 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7108 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7109 keymaps. */
7110 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7111
7112 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7113 if (save_match_data)
7114 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7115
7116 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7117 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7118 {
7119 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7120 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7121 }
7122
7123 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7124 f->tool_bar_items
7125 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7126
7127 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7128 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7129
7130 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7131 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7132 }
7133 }
7134 }
7135
7136
7137 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7138 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7139 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7140
7141 static void
7142 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7143 struct frame *f;
7144 {
7145 int i, size, size_needed;
7146 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7147 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7148
7149 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7150 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7151
7152 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7153 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7154
7155 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7156 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7157 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
7158 : 0);
7159
7160 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
7161 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items;
7162
7163 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7164 if (size < size_needed || NILP (f->desired_tool_bar_string))
7165 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7166 make_number (' '));
7167 else
7168 {
7169 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7170 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7171 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7172 }
7173
7174 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7175 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7176 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7177 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i)
7178 {
7179 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7180
7181 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7182 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7183 int hmargin, vmargin, relief, idx, end;
7184 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCconversion, Qimage;
7185 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
7186
7187 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7188 button state. */
7189 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7190 if (VECTORP (image))
7191 {
7192 if (enabled_p)
7193 idx = (selected_p
7194 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7195 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7196 else
7197 idx = (selected_p
7198 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7199 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7200
7201 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7202 image = AREF (image, idx);
7203 }
7204 else
7205 idx = -1;
7206
7207 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7208 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7209 continue;
7210
7211 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7212 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7213
7214 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7215 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
7216 hmargin = vmargin = relief;
7217
7218 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)
7219 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0)
7220 {
7221 hmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7222 vmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7223 }
7224 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7225 {
7226 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7227 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7228 hmargin += XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7229
7230 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7231 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7232 vmargin += XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7233 }
7234
7235 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7236 {
7237 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7238 selected. */
7239 if (selected_p)
7240 {
7241 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7242 hmargin -= relief;
7243 vmargin -= relief;
7244 }
7245 }
7246 else
7247 {
7248 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7249 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7250 raised relief. */
7251 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7252 (selected_p
7253 ? make_number (-relief)
7254 : make_number (relief)));
7255 hmargin -= relief;
7256 vmargin -= relief;
7257 }
7258
7259 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7260 if (hmargin || vmargin)
7261 {
7262 if (hmargin == vmargin)
7263 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (hmargin));
7264 else
7265 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin,
7266 Fcons (make_number (hmargin),
7267 make_number (vmargin)));
7268 }
7269
7270 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7271 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7272 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7273 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7274 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCconversion, Qdisabled);
7275
7276 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7277 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7278 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7279 vector. */
7280 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7281 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7282 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS));
7283
7284 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
7285 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
7286 previous string. */
7287 if (i + 1 == f->n_tool_bar_items)
7288 end = XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size;
7289 else
7290 end = i + 1;
7291 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i), make_number (end),
7292 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7293 #undef PROP
7294 }
7295
7296 UNGCPRO;
7297 }
7298
7299
7300 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7301
7302 static void
7303 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7304 struct it *it;
7305 {
7306 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7307 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7308 struct glyph *last;
7309
7310 prepare_desired_row (row);
7311 row->y = it->current_y;
7312
7313 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7314 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7315 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7316
7317 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7318 {
7319 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7320
7321 /* Get the next display element. */
7322 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7323 break;
7324
7325 /* Produce glyphs. */
7326 x_before = it->current_x;
7327 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7328 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7329
7330 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7331 i = 0;
7332 x = x_before;
7333 while (i < nglyphs)
7334 {
7335 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7336
7337 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7338 {
7339 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7340 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7341 it->current_x = x;
7342 goto out;
7343 }
7344
7345 ++it->hpos;
7346 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7347 ++i;
7348 }
7349
7350 /* Stop at line ends. */
7351 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7352 break;
7353
7354 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7355 }
7356
7357 out:;
7358
7359 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7360 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7361 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7362 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7363 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7364 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7365 compute_line_metrics (it);
7366
7367 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7368 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7369 {
7370 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7371 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7372 }
7373
7374 row->full_width_p = 1;
7375 row->continued_p = 0;
7376 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7377 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7378
7379 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7380 it->current_y += row->height;
7381 ++it->vpos;
7382 ++it->glyph_row;
7383 }
7384
7385
7386 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7387 items of frame F visible. */
7388
7389 static int
7390 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7391 struct frame *f;
7392 {
7393 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7394 struct it it;
7395
7396 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7397 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7398 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7399 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7400 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7401 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7402
7403 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7404 {
7405 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7406 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7407 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7408 }
7409
7410 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7411 }
7412
7413
7414 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed, Stool_bar_lines_needed,
7415 0, 1, 0,
7416 "Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME.")
7417 (frame)
7418 Lisp_Object frame;
7419 {
7420 struct frame *f;
7421 struct window *w;
7422 int nlines = 0;
7423
7424 if (NILP (frame))
7425 frame = selected_frame;
7426 else
7427 CHECK_FRAME (frame, 0);
7428 f = XFRAME (frame);
7429
7430 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7431 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7432 XFASTINT (w->height) > 0))
7433 {
7434 update_tool_bar (f, 1);
7435 if (f->n_tool_bar_items)
7436 {
7437 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7438 nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f);
7439 }
7440 }
7441
7442 return make_number (nlines);
7443 }
7444
7445
7446 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7447 height should be changed. */
7448
7449 static int
7450 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7451 struct frame *f;
7452 {
7453 struct window *w;
7454 struct it it;
7455 struct glyph_row *row;
7456 int change_height_p = 0;
7457
7458 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7459 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7460 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7461 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7462 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7463 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7464 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7465 return 0;
7466
7467 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7468 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7469 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7470 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7471 row = it.glyph_row;
7472
7473 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7474 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7475 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7476
7477 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7478 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7479 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7480
7481 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7482 window, so don't do it. */
7483 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7484 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7485
7486 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7487 {
7488 int nlines;
7489
7490 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
7491 height. */
7492 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it) < it.end_charpos)
7493 change_height_p = 1;
7494
7495 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7496 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7497 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7498 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7499 if (!row->displays_text_p
7500 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7501 change_height_p = 1;
7502
7503 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7504 change the tool-bar's height. */
7505 if (row->displays_text_p
7506 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7507 change_height_p = 1;
7508
7509 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7510 frame parameter. */
7511 if (change_height_p
7512 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7513 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7514 {
7515 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7516 Lisp_Object frame;
7517 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7518
7519 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7520 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7521 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7522 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7523 make_number (nlines)),
7524 Qnil));
7525 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7526 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7527 }
7528 }
7529
7530 return change_height_p;
7531 }
7532
7533
7534 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7535 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7536 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7537 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7538
7539 int
7540 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7541 struct frame *f;
7542 struct glyph *glyph;
7543 int *prop_idx;
7544 {
7545 Lisp_Object prop;
7546 int success_p;
7547
7548 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7549 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7550 F->tool_bar_items. */
7551 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7552 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7553 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7554 {
7555 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7556 success_p = 1;
7557 }
7558 else
7559 success_p = 0;
7560
7561 return success_p;
7562 }
7563
7564 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7565
7566
7567 \f
7568 /************************************************************************
7569 Horizontal scrolling
7570 ************************************************************************/
7571
7572 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7573 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7574
7575 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7576 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7577 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7578 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7579 changed. */
7580
7581 static int
7582 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7583 Lisp_Object window;
7584 {
7585 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7586
7587 while (WINDOWP (window))
7588 {
7589 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7590
7591 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7592 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7593 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7594 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7595 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7596 {
7597 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7598 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7599 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7600 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7601 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7602 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7603 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7604 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7605 ? desired_cursor_row
7606 : current_cursor_row);
7607
7608 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7609 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7610
7611 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7612 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7613
7614 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7615 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7616 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7617 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7618 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7619 {
7620 struct it it;
7621 int hscroll;
7622 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7623 int pt;
7624
7625 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7626 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7627 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7628
7629 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7630 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7631 else
7632 {
7633 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7634 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7635 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7636 }
7637
7638 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7639 a line with infinite width. */
7640 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7641 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7642 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7643 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7644
7645 /* Center cursor in window. */
7646 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7647 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7648 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
7649
7650 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7651 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7652 optimizations. */
7653 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7654 {
7655 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
7656 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
7657 hscrolled_p = 1;
7658 }
7659 }
7660 }
7661
7662 window = w->next;
7663 }
7664
7665 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7666 return hscrolled_p;
7667 }
7668
7669
7670 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7671 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7672 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7673 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7674 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7675
7676 static int
7677 hscroll_windows (window)
7678 Lisp_Object window;
7679 {
7680 int hscrolled_p;
7681
7682 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7683 {
7684 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7685 if (hscrolled_p)
7686 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7687 }
7688 else
7689 hscrolled_p = 0;
7690 return hscrolled_p;
7691 }
7692
7693
7694 \f
7695 /************************************************************************
7696 Redisplay
7697 ************************************************************************/
7698
7699 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7700 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7701 session. */
7702
7703 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7704
7705 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7706
7707 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7708 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7709
7710 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7711
7712 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7713
7714 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7715
7716 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7717
7718 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7719 try_window_id. */
7720
7721 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7722
7723 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7724 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7725 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7726 resulting string to stderr. */
7727
7728 static void
7729 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
7730 struct window *w;
7731 char *fmt;
7732 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
7733 {
7734 char buffer[512];
7735 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
7736 int len = strlen (method);
7737 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
7738 int remaining = size - len - 1;
7739
7740 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
7741 if (len && remaining)
7742 {
7743 method[len] = '|';
7744 --remaining, ++len;
7745 }
7746
7747 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
7748
7749 if (trace_redisplay_p)
7750 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
7751 w,
7752 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
7753 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
7754 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
7755 : "no buffer"),
7756 buffer);
7757 }
7758
7759 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
7760
7761
7762 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
7763 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
7764 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7765 cleared. */
7766
7767 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7768 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7769
7770 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7771
7772 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7773
7774 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7775
7776 int redisplaying_p;
7777
7778
7779 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7780 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7781 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7782 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7783
7784 static INLINE int
7785 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7786 struct window *w;
7787 int start, end;
7788 {
7789 int unchanged_p = 1;
7790
7791 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7792 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7793 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7794 {
7795 /* Gap in the line? */
7796 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7797 unchanged_p = 0;
7798
7799 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7800 if (unchanged_p
7801 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7802 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7803 unchanged_p = 0;
7804
7805 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7806 beginning of the line. */
7807 if (unchanged_p
7808 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7809 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7810 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7811 unchanged_p = 0;
7812 }
7813
7814 return unchanged_p;
7815 }
7816
7817
7818 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7819 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7820
7821 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7822 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7823 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7824
7825 void
7826 redisplay ()
7827 {
7828 redisplay_internal (0);
7829 }
7830
7831 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7832 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7833 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7834
7835 int
7836 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7837 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7838 int prev_pt, pt;
7839 {
7840 int start, end;
7841 Lisp_Object prop;
7842 Lisp_Object buffer;
7843
7844 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7845 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7846 same buffer. */
7847 if (prev_buf == buf)
7848 {
7849 if (prev_pt == pt)
7850 /* Point didn't move. */
7851 return 0;
7852
7853 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7854 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7855 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7856 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7857 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7858 point moved out of the composition. */
7859 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7860 }
7861
7862 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7863 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7864 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7865 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7866 && start < pt && end > pt);
7867 }
7868
7869 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7870 in window W. */
7871
7872 static INLINE void
7873 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7874 struct window *w;
7875 struct buffer *b;
7876 {
7877 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7878 b->clip_changed = 1;
7879 else if (b->clip_changed
7880 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7881 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7882 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7883 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7884 b->clip_changed = 0;
7885
7886 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7887 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7888 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7889 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7890 check. */
7891 if (!b->clip_changed
7892 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7893 {
7894 int pt;
7895
7896 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7897 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7898 else
7899 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7900
7901 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7902 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
7903 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7904 XINT (w->last_point),
7905 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7906 b->clip_changed = 1;
7907 }
7908 }
7909
7910
7911 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7912 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7913 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7914 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7915 causes some problems. */
7916
7917 static void
7918 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7919 int preserve_echo_area;
7920 {
7921 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7922 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7923 int pause;
7924 int must_finish = 0;
7925 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7926 int number_of_visible_frames;
7927 int count;
7928 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7929
7930 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7931 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7932 int consider_all_windows_p;
7933
7934 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7935
7936 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7937 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7938 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7939 if (noninteractive
7940 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7941 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7942 return;
7943
7944 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7945 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7946 update necessary. */
7947 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7948 {
7949 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7950 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7951 return;
7952 }
7953
7954 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7955 if (popup_activated ())
7956 return;
7957 #endif
7958
7959 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7960 if (redisplaying_p)
7961 return;
7962
7963 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7964 when we leave this function. */
7965 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7966 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7967 ++redisplaying_p;
7968
7969 retry:
7970 pause = 0;
7971 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7972
7973 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7974 necessary, do it. */
7975 if (fonts_changed_p)
7976 {
7977 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7978 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7979 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7980 }
7981
7982 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7983 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7984 {
7985 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7986 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7987 thing. */
7988 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7989 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7990 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7991 }
7992 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7993
7994 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7995 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7996 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7997 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7998 {
7999 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8000
8001 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
8002
8003 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8004 {
8005 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8006
8007 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
8008 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8009 ++number_of_visible_frames;
8010 clear_desired_matrices (f);
8011 }
8012 }
8013
8014 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
8015 do_pending_window_change (1);
8016
8017 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
8018 if (frame_garbaged)
8019 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8020
8021 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
8022 prepare_menu_bars ();
8023
8024 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8025 update_mode_lines++;
8026
8027 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
8028 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
8029 {
8030 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8031 if (buffer_shared > 1)
8032 update_mode_lines++;
8033 }
8034
8035 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
8036 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8037 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8038 where no change is needed. */
8039 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8040 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8041 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8042 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8043 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8044
8045 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
8046
8047 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
8048 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
8049 there. */
8050 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
8051
8052 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
8053 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
8054 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
8055 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
8056 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
8057
8058 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
8059 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
8060 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8061 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
8062 the echo area should be cleared. */
8063 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8064 {
8065 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8066 must_finish = 1;
8067
8068 if (fonts_changed_p)
8069 goto retry;
8070 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8071 {
8072 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8073 ++update_mode_lines;
8074 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8075
8076 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8077 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8078 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8079 if (frame_garbaged)
8080 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8081 }
8082 }
8083 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8084 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8085 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8086 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8087 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8088 {
8089 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8090 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8091 must_finish = 1;
8092 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8093 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8094 ++update_mode_lines;
8095
8096 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8097 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8098 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8099 if (frame_garbaged)
8100 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8101 }
8102
8103
8104 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8105 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8106 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8107 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8108 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8109 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8110 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8111 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8112 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8113 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8114
8115 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8116 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8117 set in display_line and record information about the line
8118 containing the cursor. */
8119 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8120 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8121 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8122 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8123 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8124 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8125 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8126 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8127 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8128 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8129 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8130 && NILP (w->force_start)
8131 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8132 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8133 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8134 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8135 must be unchanged */
8136 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8137 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8138 {
8139 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8140 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8141 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8142 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8143 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8144 goto cancel;
8145 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8146 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8147 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8148 {
8149 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8150 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8151 line 885).
8152
8153 For instance, in the following case:
8154
8155 -------- Insert --------
8156 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8157 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8158 ^^ ^^
8159 -------- --------
8160
8161 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8162
8163 struct it it;
8164 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8165
8166 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8167 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8168 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8169
8170 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8171 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8172 goto cancel;
8173
8174 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8175 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8176 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8177 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8178 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8179 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8180 display_line (&it);
8181
8182 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8183 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8184 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8185 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8186 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8187 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8188 /* Line ends as before. */
8189 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8190 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8191 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8192 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8193 {
8194 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8195 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8196 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8197 {
8198 struct glyph_row *row
8199 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8200 int delta, delta_bytes;
8201
8202 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8203 {
8204 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8205 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8206 delta = (Z
8207 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8208 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8209 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8210 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8211 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8212 }
8213 else
8214 {
8215 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8216 account of the newline and the rest of the
8217 text that follows. */
8218 delta = (Z
8219 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8220 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8221 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8222 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8223 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8224 }
8225
8226 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8227 this_line_vpos + 1,
8228 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8229 delta, delta_bytes);
8230 }
8231
8232 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8233 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8234 adjusted. */
8235 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8236 {
8237 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8238 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8239 }
8240 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8241 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8242 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8243 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8244
8245 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8246 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8247
8248 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8249 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8250 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8251 #endif
8252 goto update;
8253 }
8254 else
8255 goto cancel;
8256 }
8257 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8258 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8259 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8260 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8261 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8262 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8263 {
8264 if (!must_finish)
8265 {
8266 do_pending_window_change (1);
8267
8268 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8269 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8270 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8271 goto end_of_redisplay;
8272 }
8273 goto update;
8274 }
8275 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8276 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8277 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8278 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8279 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8280 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8281 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8282 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8283 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8284 {
8285 struct it it;
8286 struct glyph_row *row;
8287
8288 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8289 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8290 next visible position. */
8291 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8292 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8293 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8294 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8295 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8296
8297 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8298 moves over before-strings. */
8299 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8300
8301 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8302 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8303 row->enabled_p))
8304 {
8305 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8306 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8307 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8308 goto update;
8309 }
8310 else
8311 goto cancel;
8312 }
8313
8314 cancel:
8315 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8316 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8317 }
8318
8319 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8320 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8321 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8322
8323
8324 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8325 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8326 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8327
8328 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8329 {
8330 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8331
8332 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8333 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8334 {
8335 clear_face_cache (0);
8336 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8337 }
8338
8339 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8340 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8341 buffer_shared = 0;
8342
8343 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8344 {
8345 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8346
8347 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8348 {
8349 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8350 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8351 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8352 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8353
8354 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8355 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8356
8357 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8358 nuked should now go away. */
8359 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8360 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8361
8362 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8363 if (fonts_changed_p)
8364 goto retry;
8365
8366 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8367 {
8368 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8369 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8370 goto retry;
8371
8372 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8373 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8374 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8375 error. */
8376 if (interrupt_input)
8377 unrequest_sigio ();
8378 stop_polling ();
8379
8380 /* Update the display. */
8381 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8382 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8383 if (pause)
8384 break;
8385
8386 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8387 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8388 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8389 }
8390 }
8391 }
8392 }
8393 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8394 {
8395 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8396 struct frame *mini_frame;
8397
8398 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
8399
8400 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
8401 update:
8402
8403 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8404 if (fonts_changed_p)
8405 goto retry;
8406
8407 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
8408 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
8409 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
8410 if (interrupt_input)
8411 unrequest_sigio ();
8412 stop_polling ();
8413
8414 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8415 {
8416 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8417 goto retry;
8418
8419 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8420 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8421 }
8422
8423 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8424 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8425 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8426 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8427 it here. */
8428 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8429 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8430
8431 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8432 {
8433 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8434 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8435 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8436 goto retry;
8437 }
8438 }
8439
8440 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8441 thorough update the next time. */
8442 if (pause)
8443 {
8444 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8445 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8446 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8447 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8448
8449 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8450 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8451 {
8452 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8453 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8454 }
8455
8456 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8457 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8458 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8459 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8460 update_mode_lines = 1;
8461 }
8462
8463 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
8464 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
8465 if (!pause)
8466 {
8467 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8468
8469 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8470 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8471 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8472 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8473
8474 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8475 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
8476 else
8477 {
8478 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
8479 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8480 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8481
8482 b->clip_changed = 0;
8483 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8484 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8485 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
8486 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
8487 w->last_had_star
8488 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8489 ? Qt : Qnil);
8490
8491 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8492 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8493 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8494 && (EQ (selected_window,
8495 current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8496 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8497 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
8498 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
8499 : Qnil);
8500
8501 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8502 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8503 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8504 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8505 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
8506
8507 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8508 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8509 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8510 }
8511
8512 update_mode_lines = 0;
8513 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8514 }
8515
8516 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8517 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8518 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8519 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8520 if (interrupt_input)
8521 request_sigio ();
8522 start_polling ();
8523
8524 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8525 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8526 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8527 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8528 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8529 frames here explicitly. */
8530 if (!pause)
8531 {
8532 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8533 int new_count = 0;
8534
8535 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8536 {
8537 int this_is_visible = 0;
8538
8539 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8540 this_is_visible = 1;
8541 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8542 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8543 this_is_visible = 1;
8544
8545 if (this_is_visible)
8546 new_count++;
8547 }
8548
8549 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8550 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8551 }
8552
8553 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8554 do_pending_window_change (1);
8555
8556 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8557 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8558 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8559 goto retry;
8560
8561 end_of_redisplay:;
8562
8563 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8564 }
8565
8566
8567 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8568 another message has been requested in its place.
8569
8570 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8571 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8572 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8573 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations.
8574
8575 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
8576 called. This is useful for debugging. */
8577
8578 void
8579 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where)
8580 int from_where;
8581 {
8582 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where));
8583
8584 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8585 {
8586 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8587 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8588 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8589 redisplay_internal (1);
8590 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8591 }
8592 else
8593 redisplay_internal (1);
8594 }
8595
8596
8597 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8598 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8599 in progress. */
8600
8601 static Lisp_Object
8602 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8603 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8604 {
8605 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8606 return Qnil;
8607 }
8608
8609
8610 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8611 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
8612 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
8613 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8614
8615 void
8616 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8617 Lisp_Object window;
8618 int accurate_p;
8619 {
8620 struct window *w;
8621
8622 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8623 {
8624 w = XWINDOW (window);
8625
8626 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8627 {
8628 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8629
8630 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
8631 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8632 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
8633 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8634 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
8635 ? Qt : Qnil);
8636
8637 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
8638 Let's check it. */
8639 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8640 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8641 w->region_showing
8642 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8643 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8644 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8645 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
8646 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
8647 : Qnil));
8648 #endif
8649
8650 if (accurate_p)
8651 {
8652 b->clip_changed = 0;
8653 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8654 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8655 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8656 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8657 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8658 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8659 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8660 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8661 else
8662 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8663 }
8664 }
8665
8666 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8667 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8668
8669 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8670 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8671 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8672 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8673 }
8674
8675 if (accurate_p)
8676 {
8677 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8678 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8679 }
8680 else
8681 {
8682 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8683 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8684 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8685 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8686 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8687 }
8688 }
8689
8690
8691 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8692 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8693 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8694 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8695
8696 Lisp_Object
8697 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8698 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8699 int c;
8700 {
8701 int code[4], i;
8702 Lisp_Object val;
8703
8704 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8705 return (dp->contents[c]);
8706
8707 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8708 if (code[1] < 32)
8709 code[1] = -1;
8710 else if (code[2] < 32)
8711 code[2] = -1;
8712
8713 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8714 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8715 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8716 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8717 code[0] += 128;
8718 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8719
8720 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8721 {
8722 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8723 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
8724 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
8725 }
8726
8727 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
8728 it. */
8729 return (dp->defalt);
8730 }
8731
8732
8733 \f
8734 /***********************************************************************
8735 Window Redisplay
8736 ***********************************************************************/
8737
8738 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
8739
8740 static void
8741 redisplay_windows (window)
8742 Lisp_Object window;
8743 {
8744 while (!NILP (window))
8745 {
8746 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8747
8748 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8749 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8750 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8751 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8752 else
8753 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8754
8755 window = w->next;
8756 }
8757 }
8758
8759
8760 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8761 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8762 differ from current buffer positions. */
8763
8764 void
8765 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8766 struct window *w;
8767 struct glyph_row *row;
8768 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8769 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8770 {
8771 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8772 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8773 int x = row->x;
8774 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8775
8776 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8777 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8778 frames. */
8779 if (row->displays_text_p)
8780 while (glyph < end
8781 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8782 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8783 {
8784 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8785 ++glyph;
8786 }
8787
8788 while (glyph < end
8789 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8790 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8791 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8792 {
8793 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8794 ++glyph;
8795 }
8796
8797 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8798 w->cursor.x = x;
8799 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8800 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8801
8802 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8803 {
8804 if (!row->continued_p
8805 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8806 && row->x == 0)
8807 {
8808 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8809
8810 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8811 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8812 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8813 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8814
8815 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8816 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8817 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8818 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8819
8820 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8821 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8822 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8823 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8824 }
8825 else
8826 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8827 }
8828 }
8829
8830
8831 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8832 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8833
8834 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8835
8836 static INLINE struct text_pos
8837 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8838 Lisp_Object window;
8839 struct text_pos startp;
8840 {
8841 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8842 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8843
8844 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8845 abort ();
8846
8847 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8848 {
8849 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8850 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8851 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8852 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8853 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8854 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8855 }
8856
8857 return startp;
8858 }
8859
8860
8861 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8862 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8863
8864 static void
8865 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8866 struct window *w;
8867 {
8868 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8869 struct glyph_row *row;
8870 int window_height;
8871
8872 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8873 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8874 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8875 return;
8876
8877 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8878 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8879
8880 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
8881 to do. */
8882 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8883 return;
8884
8885 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
8886 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
8887 window_height = window_box_height (w);
8888 if (row->height >= window_height)
8889 return;
8890
8891 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8892 {
8893 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8894 w->vscroll = 0;
8895 w->cursor.y += dy;
8896 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8897 }
8898 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
8899 {
8900 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8901 w->vscroll = dy;
8902 w->cursor.y += dy;
8903 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8904 }
8905
8906 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8907 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8908 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8909 the correct y-position. */
8910 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8911 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8912 }
8913
8914
8915 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8916 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8917 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8918 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8919 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8920
8921 Value is
8922
8923 1 if scrolling succeeded
8924
8925 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8926
8927 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8928 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8929
8930 static int
8931 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8932 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8933 Lisp_Object window;
8934 int just_this_one_p;
8935 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8936 int temp_scroll_step;
8937 {
8938 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8939 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8940 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8941 struct text_pos pos;
8942 struct text_pos startp;
8943 struct it it;
8944 Lisp_Object window_end;
8945 int this_scroll_margin;
8946 int dy = 0;
8947 int scroll_max;
8948 int rc;
8949 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8950 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8951 int height;
8952
8953 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8954 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8955 #endif
8956
8957 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8958
8959 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8960 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8961 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8962 {
8963 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8964 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8965 }
8966 else
8967 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8968
8969 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8970 into view. */
8971 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
8972 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
8973 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
8974 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8975 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8976 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8977 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8978 there should be a variable for this. */
8979 scroll_max = 10;
8980 else
8981 scroll_max = 0;
8982 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8983
8984 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8985 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8986 margin. */
8987 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8988 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8989 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8990 if (this_scroll_margin)
8991 {
8992 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8993 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8994 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8995 }
8996
8997 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8998 {
8999 int y0;
9000 #if 0
9001 int line_height;
9002 #endif
9003
9004 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
9005 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
9006
9007 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
9008 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
9009 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9010 y0 = it.current_y;
9011 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9012 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9013 #if 0 /* Taking the line's height into account here looks wrong. */
9014 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
9015 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
9016 : last_height);
9017 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
9018 #else
9019 /* With a scroll_margin of 0, scroll_margin_pos is at the window
9020 end, which is one line below the window. The iterator's
9021 current_y will be same as y0 in that case, but we have to
9022 scroll a line to make PT visible. That's the reason why 1 is
9023 added below. */
9024 dy = 1 + it.current_y - y0;
9025 #endif
9026
9027 if (dy > scroll_max)
9028 return 0;
9029
9030 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
9031 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
9032 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
9033 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9034
9035 if (scroll_conservatively)
9036 amount_to_scroll =
9037 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9038 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9039 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9040 else
9041 {
9042 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
9043 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9044 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9045 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9046 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9047 }
9048
9049 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9050 return 0;
9051
9052 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
9053 startp = it.current.pos;
9054 }
9055 else
9056 {
9057 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
9058 window. */
9059 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
9060 if (this_scroll_margin)
9061 {
9062 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9063 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
9064 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9065 }
9066
9067 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9068 {
9069 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9070 above what is displayed in the window. */
9071 int y0;
9072
9073 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9074 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9075 scroll_max. */
9076 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9077 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9078 y0 = it.current_y;
9079 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9080 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9081 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9082 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9083 if (dy > scroll_max)
9084 return 0;
9085
9086 /* Compute new window start. */
9087 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9088
9089 if (scroll_conservatively)
9090 amount_to_scroll =
9091 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9092 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9093 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9094 else
9095 {
9096 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9097 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9098 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9099 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9100 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9101 }
9102
9103 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9104 return 0;
9105
9106 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9107 startp = it.current.pos;
9108 }
9109 }
9110
9111 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9112 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9113
9114 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9115 doesn't appear. */
9116 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9117 rc = -1;
9118 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9119 {
9120 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9121 rc = 0;
9122 }
9123 else
9124 {
9125 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9126 if (!just_this_one_p
9127 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9128 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9129 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9130
9131 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
9132 lines up or down. */
9133 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9134 rc = 1;
9135 }
9136
9137 return rc;
9138 }
9139
9140
9141 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9142 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9143 was computed.
9144
9145 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9146 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9147 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9148
9149 static int
9150 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9151 struct window *w;
9152 {
9153 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9154 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9155
9156 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9157
9158 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9159 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9160 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9161 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9162 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9163 {
9164 struct it it;
9165 struct glyph_row *row;
9166
9167 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9168 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9169 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9170 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9171 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9172
9173 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9174 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9175 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9176 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9177 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9178 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9179
9180 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9181 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9182 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9183 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9184 {
9185 int min_distance, distance;
9186
9187 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9188 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9189 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9190 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9191 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9192 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9193 pos = it.current.pos;
9194 min_distance = INFINITY;
9195 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9196 distance < min_distance)
9197 {
9198 min_distance = distance;
9199 pos = it.current.pos;
9200 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9201 }
9202
9203 /* Set the window start there. */
9204 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9205 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9206 }
9207 }
9208
9209 return window_start_changed_p;
9210 }
9211
9212
9213 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
9214 with window start STARTP. Value is
9215
9216 1 if successful
9217
9218 0 if this method cannot be used
9219
9220 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
9221 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
9222 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
9223
9224 static int
9225 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9226 Lisp_Object window;
9227 struct text_pos startp;
9228 int *scroll_step;
9229 {
9230 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9231 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9232 int rc = 0;
9233
9234 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9235 not moved off the frame. */
9236 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9237 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9238 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9239 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9240 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9241 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9242 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9243 cases. */
9244 && !update_mode_lines
9245 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9246 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9247 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9248 set the cursor. */
9249 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9250 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9251 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9252 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9253 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9254 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9255 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9256 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9257 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9258 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9259 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9260 handles the same cases. */
9261 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9262 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9263 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9264 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9265 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9266 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9267 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9268 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9269 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9270 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9271 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9272 {
9273 int this_scroll_margin;
9274 struct glyph_row *row;
9275
9276 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9277 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9278 #endif
9279
9280 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9281 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9282 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9283 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9284 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9285
9286 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9287 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9288 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9289 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9290 rc = -1;
9291 else
9292 {
9293 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9294 if (row->mode_line_p)
9295 ++row;
9296 if (!row->enabled_p)
9297 rc = -1;
9298 }
9299
9300 if (rc == 0)
9301 {
9302 int scroll_p = 0;
9303 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9304
9305 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9306 {
9307 /* Point has moved forward. */
9308 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9309 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9310 {
9311 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9312 ++row;
9313 }
9314
9315 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9316 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9317 display it in the next line. */
9318 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9319 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9320 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9321 ++row;
9322
9323 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9324 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9325 the next line would be drawn, and that
9326 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9327 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9328 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9329 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9330 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9331 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9332 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9333 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9334 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9335 scroll_p = 1;
9336 }
9337 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9338 {
9339 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9340 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9341 if-statement. */
9342 while (!row->mode_line_p
9343 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9344 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9345 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9346 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9347 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9348 {
9349 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9350 --row;
9351 }
9352
9353 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
9354 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
9355 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
9356 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
9357 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9358 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
9359 || row->mode_line_p)
9360 {
9361 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9362 if (row->mode_line_p)
9363 ++row;
9364 }
9365
9366 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
9367 skip forward over overlay strings. */
9368 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9369 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9370 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9371 ++row;
9372
9373 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
9374 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
9375 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
9376 scroll_p = 1;
9377 }
9378
9379 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9380 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9381 {
9382 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
9383 rc = -1;
9384 }
9385 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9386 {
9387 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9388 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9389 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
9390 rc = -1;
9391 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
9392 {
9393 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
9394 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
9395 than the window, in which case we can't do much
9396 about it. */
9397 *scroll_step = 1;
9398 rc = -1;
9399 }
9400 else
9401 {
9402 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9403 try_window (window, startp);
9404 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9405 rc = 1;
9406 }
9407 }
9408 else if (scroll_p)
9409 rc = -1;
9410 else
9411 {
9412 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9413 rc = 1;
9414 }
9415 }
9416 }
9417
9418 return rc;
9419 }
9420
9421
9422 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
9423 selected_window is redisplayed. */
9424
9425 static void
9426 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
9427 Lisp_Object window;
9428 int just_this_one_p;
9429 {
9430 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9431 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9432 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9433 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9434 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9435 int update_mode_line;
9436 int tem;
9437 struct it it;
9438 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9439 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9440 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9441 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
9442 int rc;
9443
9444 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9445 opoint = lpoint;
9446
9447 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9448 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9449 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9450 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9451 #endif
9452
9453 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9454
9455 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9456
9457 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9458 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9459 || update_mode_lines
9460 || buffer->clip_changed);
9461
9462 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9463 {
9464 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9465 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9466 {
9467 if (update_mode_line)
9468 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9469 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9470 goto finish_menu_bars;
9471 else
9472 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9473 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9474 }
9475 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9476 {
9477 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9478 active one, so clear it. */
9479 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9480 struct glyph_row *row;
9481 int y;
9482
9483 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9484 y < yb;
9485 y += row->height, ++row)
9486 blank_row (w, row, y);
9487 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9488 }
9489 }
9490
9491 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9492 value. */
9493 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9494 variables. */
9495 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9496 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9497
9498 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9499 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9500 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9501 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9502 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9503
9504 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9505 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9506 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9507 {
9508 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9509 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9510 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9511 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9512
9513 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9514 }
9515
9516 /* Some sanity checks. */
9517 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9518 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9519 abort ();
9520 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9521 abort ();
9522
9523 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9524 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9525 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9526 where no change is needed. */
9527 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9528 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9529 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9530 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9531 update_mode_line = 1;
9532
9533 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9534 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9535 if (!just_this_one_p)
9536 {
9537 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9538 current_base = current_buffer;
9539 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9540 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9541 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9542 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9543 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9544 if (current_base == window_base)
9545 buffer_shared++;
9546 }
9547
9548 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9549 window, set up appropriate value. */
9550 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9551 {
9552 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9553 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9554 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9555 {
9556 new_pt = BEGV;
9557 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9558 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9559 }
9560 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9561 {
9562 new_pt = ZV;
9563 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9564 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9565 }
9566
9567 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9568 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9569 }
9570
9571 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9572 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9573 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9574 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9575 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9576 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9577 {
9578 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9579
9580 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9581 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9582 {
9583 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9584 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9585 BEG, Z);
9586 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9587 }
9588 }
9589
9590 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9591 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9592 goto recenter;
9593
9594 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9595
9596 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9597 check whether it can be used. */
9598 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9599 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9600 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9601 {
9602 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9603 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9604 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9605 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9606 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9607 w->force_start = Qt;
9608 }
9609
9610 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9611 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9612 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9613 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9614 {
9615 w->force_start = Qnil;
9616 w->vscroll = 0;
9617 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9618
9619 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9620 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9621 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9622 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9623
9624 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9625 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9626 because we have scrolled. */
9627 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9628 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9629 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9630 and having them get more errors. */
9631 if (!update_mode_line
9632 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9633 {
9634 update_mode_line = 1;
9635 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9636 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9637 }
9638
9639 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9640 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9641 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9642 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9643 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9644 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9645
9646 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9647 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9648 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9649 {
9650 w->force_start = Qt;
9651 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9652 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9653 }
9654
9655 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9656 {
9657 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9658 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9659 can use it here. */
9660 int window_height;
9661 struct glyph_row *row;
9662
9663 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9664 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9665 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9666 ++row;
9667
9668 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9669 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9670
9671 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9672 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9673 else if (current_buffer == old)
9674 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9675
9676 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9677
9678 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9679 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9680 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9681 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9682 {
9683 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9684 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9685 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9686 }
9687 }
9688
9689 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9690 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9691 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9692 #endif
9693 goto done;
9694 }
9695
9696 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9697 not moved off the frame. */
9698 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9699 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9700 rc != 0))
9701 {
9702 if (rc == -1)
9703 goto try_to_scroll;
9704 else
9705 goto done;
9706 }
9707 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9708 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9709 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9710 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9711 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9712 {
9713 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9714 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9715 #endif
9716 goto recenter;
9717 }
9718
9719 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9720 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9721 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9722 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9723 be full width. */
9724 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9725 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9726 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9727 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9728 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9729 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9730 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9731 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
9732 /* Selective display has not changed. */
9733 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9734 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
9735 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9736 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
9737 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
9738 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9739 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9740 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9741 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9742 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
9743 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
9744 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
9745 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
9746 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
9747 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
9748 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
9749 {
9750 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9751 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
9752 #endif
9753
9754 if (fonts_changed_p)
9755 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9756 if (tem > 0)
9757 goto done;
9758
9759 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
9760 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
9761 }
9762 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9763 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
9764 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9765 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
9766 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
9767 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9768 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9769 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
9770 {
9771 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9772 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
9773 #endif
9774
9775 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
9776 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
9777 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9778 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9779 because a window scroll function can have changed the
9780 buffer. */
9781 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9782 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9783 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9784 {
9785 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
9786 try_window (window, startp);
9787 }
9788
9789 if (fonts_changed_p)
9790 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9791
9792 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
9793 {
9794 if (!just_this_one_p
9795 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9796 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9797 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9798 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9799
9800 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9801 goto done;
9802 }
9803 else
9804 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9805 }
9806
9807 try_to_scroll:
9808
9809 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9810 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9811
9812 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9813 if (!update_mode_line)
9814 {
9815 update_mode_line = 1;
9816 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9817 }
9818
9819 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9820 if ((scroll_conservatively
9821 || scroll_step
9822 || temp_scroll_step
9823 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9824 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9825 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9826 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9827 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9828 {
9829 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9830 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9831 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9832 scroll_conservatively,
9833 scroll_step,
9834 temp_scroll_step);
9835 if (rc > 0)
9836 goto done;
9837 else if (rc < 0)
9838 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9839 }
9840
9841 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9842
9843 recenter:
9844
9845 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9846 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9847 #endif
9848
9849 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9850
9851 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9852 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9853 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9854 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9855
9856 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9857 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9858 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9859 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9860 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9861
9862 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9863 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9864 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9865 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9866 containing PT in this case. */
9867 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9868 {
9869 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9870 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9871 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9872 it.current_y = 0;
9873 }
9874
9875 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9876
9877 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9878 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9879 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9880
9881 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9882 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9883
9884 /* Redisplay the window. */
9885 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9886 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9887 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9888 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9889 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9890 || !just_this_one_p
9891 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9892 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9893 try_window (window, startp);
9894
9895 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9896 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9897 matrices. */
9898 if (fonts_changed_p)
9899 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9900
9901 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9902 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9903 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9904 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9905 line.) */
9906 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9907 {
9908 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9909 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9910 {
9911 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9912 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9913 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9914 }
9915 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9916 {
9917 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9918 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9919 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9920 }
9921 else
9922 {
9923 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9924 }
9925 }
9926
9927 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9928 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9929 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9930 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9931 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9932 {
9933 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9934 if (row->mode_line_p)
9935 ++row;
9936 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9937 }
9938
9939 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9940
9941 done:
9942
9943 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9944 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9945 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
9946 ? Qt : Qnil);
9947
9948 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
9949 if ((update_mode_line
9950 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
9951 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
9952 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
9953 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
9954 || (!just_this_one_p
9955 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9956 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
9957 /* Line number to display. */
9958 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
9959 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
9960 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9961 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
9962 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
9963 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9964 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
9965 {
9966 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
9967
9968 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
9969
9970 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
9971 display_mode_lines (w);
9972 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
9973
9974 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9975 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9976 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9977 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9978 {
9979 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9980 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9981 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9982 }
9983
9984 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9985 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9986 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9987 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9988 {
9989 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9990 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9991 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9992 }
9993
9994 if (fonts_changed_p)
9995 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9996 }
9997
9998 if (!line_number_displayed
9999 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
10000 {
10001 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
10002 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10003 }
10004
10005 finish_menu_bars:
10006
10007 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
10008 if (update_mode_line
10009 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
10010 {
10011 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
10012
10013 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10014 {
10015 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
10016 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
10017 #else
10018 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10019 #endif
10020 }
10021 else
10022 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10023
10024 if (redisplay_menu_p)
10025 display_menu_bar (w);
10026
10027 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10028 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
10029 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
10030 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
10031 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
10032 #endif
10033 }
10034
10035 finish_scroll_bars:
10036
10037 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
10038 {
10039 int start, end, whole;
10040
10041 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
10042 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
10043 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
10044 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
10045 visible region.
10046
10047 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
10048 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10049 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
10050 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
10051 {
10052 whole = ZV - BEGV;
10053 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
10054 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
10055 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
10056 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
10057
10058 if (end < start)
10059 end = start;
10060 if (whole < (end - start))
10061 whole = end - start;
10062 }
10063 else
10064 start = end = whole = 0;
10065
10066 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10067 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
10068
10069 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10070 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10071 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
10072 }
10073
10074 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10075 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10076 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10077 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10078
10079 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10080 }
10081
10082
10083 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10084 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10085 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10086 glyph matrices necessary. */
10087
10088 int
10089 try_window (window, pos)
10090 Lisp_Object window;
10091 struct text_pos pos;
10092 {
10093 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10094 struct it it;
10095 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10096
10097 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10098 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10099
10100 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10101 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10102 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10103
10104 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10105 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10106
10107 /* Display all lines of W. */
10108 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10109 {
10110 if (display_line (&it))
10111 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10112 if (fonts_changed_p)
10113 return 0;
10114 }
10115
10116 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10117 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10118 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10119 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10120
10121 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10122 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10123 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10124 if (last_text_row)
10125 {
10126 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10127 w->window_end_bytepos
10128 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10129 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10130 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10131 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10132 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10133 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10134 ->displays_text_p);
10135 }
10136 else
10137 {
10138 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10139 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10140 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10141 }
10142
10143 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10144 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10145 return 1;
10146 }
10147
10148
10149 \f
10150 /************************************************************************
10151 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10152 ************************************************************************/
10153
10154 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10155 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10156 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10157 W->start is the new window start. */
10158
10159 static int
10160 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10161 struct window *w;
10162 {
10163 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10164 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10165 struct it it;
10166 struct run run;
10167 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10168 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10169 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10170 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10171 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10172 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10173
10174 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10175 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10176 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10177 or such. */
10178 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
10179 return 0;
10180
10181 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10182 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10183 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10184 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10185 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10186 return 0;
10187
10188 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10189 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10190 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10191 return 0;
10192
10193 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10194 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10195 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10196 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10197 return 0;
10198
10199 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10200 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10201 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10202 start = start_row->start.pos;
10203 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10204
10205 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10206 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10207
10208 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10209 {
10210 int first_row_y;
10211
10212 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10213
10214 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10215 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10216 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10217 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10218 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10219 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10220 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10221 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10222
10223 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10224 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10225 && !fonts_changed_p)
10226 if (display_line (&it))
10227 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10228
10229 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10230 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10231 have at least one reusable row. */
10232 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10233 {
10234 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10235 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10236
10237 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10238 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10239 {
10240 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10241
10242 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10243 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10244 {
10245 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10246 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10247 {
10248 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10249 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10250 break;
10251 }
10252
10253 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10254 break;
10255
10256 ++row;
10257 }
10258
10259 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
10260 happen often; not more often than with try_window
10261 itself. */
10262 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10263 {
10264 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10265 return 0;
10266 }
10267 }
10268
10269 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10270 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10271 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10272 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10273 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10274 in. */
10275 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10276 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10277 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10278
10279 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10280 {
10281 update_begin (f);
10282 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10283 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10284 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10285 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10286 update_end (f);
10287 }
10288
10289 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10290 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10291 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10292 start_vpos,
10293 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10294 nrows_scrolled);
10295
10296 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10297 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10298 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10299
10300 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10301 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10302 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10303 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10304 row < bottom_row;
10305 ++row)
10306 {
10307 row->y = it.current_y;
10308
10309 if (row->y < min_y)
10310 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10311 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10312 row->visible_height
10313 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10314 else
10315 row->visible_height = row->height;
10316
10317 it.current_y += row->height;
10318
10319 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10320 last_reused_text_row = row;
10321 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10322 break;
10323 }
10324
10325 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10326 below the window. */
10327 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10328 row->enabled_p = 0;
10329 }
10330
10331 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10332 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10333 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10334 containing text. */
10335 if (last_reused_text_row)
10336 {
10337 w->window_end_bytepos
10338 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10339 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10340 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10341 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10342 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
10343 w->current_matrix));
10344 }
10345 else if (last_text_row)
10346 {
10347 w->window_end_bytepos
10348 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10349 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10350 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10351 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10352 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10353 }
10354 else
10355 {
10356 /* This window must be completely empty. */
10357 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10358 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10359 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10360 }
10361 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10362
10363 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
10364 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10365
10366 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10367 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
10368 #endif
10369 return 1;
10370 }
10371 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
10372 {
10373 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
10374 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
10375 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
10376 int dy;
10377 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10378
10379 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
10380
10381 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
10382 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
10383 first_reusable_row = start_row;
10384 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10385 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
10386 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10387 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
10388 ++first_reusable_row;
10389
10390 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
10391 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
10392 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10393 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10394 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
10395 return 0;
10396
10397 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
10398 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
10399 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
10400 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
10401 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
10402 pt_row = NULL;
10403 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
10404 {
10405 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
10406 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
10407 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
10408
10409 ++first_row_to_display;
10410 }
10411
10412 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
10413 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
10414 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
10415 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
10416 - start_vpos);
10417 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
10418 - nrows_scrolled);
10419 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
10420 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
10421
10422 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
10423 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
10424 that displays text. */
10425 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10426 if (pt_row == NULL)
10427 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10428 last_text_row = NULL;
10429 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
10430 if (display_line (&it))
10431 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10432
10433 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10434 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10435 {
10436 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10437 return 0;
10438 }
10439
10440 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10441 position. */
10442 if (pt_row)
10443 {
10444 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10445 w->current_matrix);
10446 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10447 }
10448
10449 /* Scroll the display. */
10450 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10451 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10452 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10453 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
10454
10455 if (run.height)
10456 {
10457 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10458 update_begin (f);
10459 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10460 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10461 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10462 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10463 update_end (f);
10464 }
10465
10466 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10467 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10468 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10469 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10470 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
10471 {
10472 row->y -= dy;
10473 if (row->y < min_y)
10474 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10475 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10476 row->visible_height
10477 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10478 else
10479 row->visible_height = row->height;
10480 }
10481
10482 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10483 while (row < bottom_row)
10484 {
10485 row->enabled_p = 0;
10486 ++row;
10487 }
10488
10489 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10490 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10491 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10492 start_vpos,
10493 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10494 -nrows_scrolled);
10495
10496 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10497 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10498 only its vpos can have changed. */
10499 if (last_text_row)
10500 {
10501 w->window_end_bytepos
10502 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10503 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10504 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10505 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10506 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10507 }
10508 else
10509 {
10510 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10511 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10512 }
10513
10514 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10515 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10516
10517 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10518 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10519 #endif
10520 return 1;
10521 }
10522
10523 return 0;
10524 }
10525
10526
10527 \f
10528 /************************************************************************
10529 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10530 ************************************************************************/
10531
10532 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10533 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10534 int *, int *));
10535 static struct glyph_row *
10536 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10537 struct glyph_row *));
10538
10539
10540 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10541 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10542 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10543 a pointer to the row found. */
10544
10545 static struct glyph_row *
10546 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10547 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10548 struct it *it;
10549 struct glyph_row *start;
10550 {
10551 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10552
10553 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10554 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10555 visible lines. */
10556 row_found = NULL;
10557 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10558 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10559 {
10560 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10561 row_found = row;
10562 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10563 break;
10564 ++row;
10565 }
10566
10567 return row_found;
10568 }
10569
10570
10571 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10572 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10573 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10574
10575 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10576 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10577 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10578 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10579 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10580 was built. */
10581
10582 static struct glyph_row *
10583 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10584 struct window *w;
10585 {
10586 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10587 struct glyph_row *row;
10588 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10589 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10590
10591 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10592 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10593 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10594 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10595 {
10596 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10597 except in some case. */
10598 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10599 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10600 unchanged. */
10601 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10602 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10603 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10604 continued. */
10605 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10606 && row->continued_p))
10607 row_found = row;
10608
10609 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10610 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10611 break;
10612
10613 ++row;
10614 }
10615
10616 return row_found;
10617 }
10618
10619
10620 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10621 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10622 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10623 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10624 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10625 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10626 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10627
10628 static struct glyph_row *
10629 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10630 struct window *w;
10631 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10632 {
10633 struct glyph_row *row;
10634 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10635
10636 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10637
10638 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
10639 is not up to date. */
10640 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
10641 abort ();
10642
10643 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
10644 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10645 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10646 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10647 return NULL;
10648
10649 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10650 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10651
10652 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10653 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10654 {
10655 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10656 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10657 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10658 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10659 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10660 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10661 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10662 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10663 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10664 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10665
10666 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10667 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10668
10669 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10670 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10671 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10672 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10673 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10674 position. */
10675 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10676 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10677
10678 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10679 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10680 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
10681 {
10682 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10683 abort ();
10684
10685 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10686 row_found = row;
10687 }
10688 }
10689
10690 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
10691 abort ();
10692
10693 return row_found;
10694 }
10695
10696
10697 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10698 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10699 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10700 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10701 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10702
10703 static void
10704 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10705 struct window *w;
10706 {
10707 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10708 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10709
10710 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10711 must have a frame matrix. */
10712 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10713 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10714 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10715
10716 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10717 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10718 corresponding frame matrix. */
10719 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10720 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10721 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10722 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10723 {
10724 int area;
10725
10726 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10727 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10728
10729 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10730 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10731 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
10732 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
10733
10734 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
10735 }
10736 }
10737
10738
10739 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
10740 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
10741 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
10742 containing CHARPOS or null. */
10743
10744 static struct glyph_row *
10745 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
10746 struct window *w;
10747 int charpos;
10748 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
10749 {
10750 struct glyph_row *row = start;
10751 int last_y;
10752
10753 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
10754 if (row->mode_line_p)
10755 ++row;
10756
10757 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
10758 return NULL;
10759
10760 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10761
10762 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
10763 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
10764 /* The end position of a row equals the start
10765 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
10766 would rather display it in the next line, except
10767 when this line ends in ZV. */
10768 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
10769 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
10770 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
10771 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10772 ++row;
10773
10774 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
10775 if ((end && row >= end)
10776 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10777 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10778 row = NULL;
10779
10780 return row;
10781 }
10782
10783
10784 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
10785 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
10786 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
10787
10788 Value is
10789
10790 1 if display has been updated
10791 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
10792 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
10793
10794 The following steps are performed:
10795
10796 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
10797 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
10798 is found, give up.
10799
10800 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
10801 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
10802
10803 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
10804 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
10805 the window.
10806
10807 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
10808
10809 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
10810 display and current matrix as needed.
10811
10812 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
10813 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
10814 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
10815 in smaller font sizes.
10816
10817 7. Update W's window end information. */
10818
10819 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
10820
10821 static int
10822 try_window_id (w)
10823 struct window *w;
10824 {
10825 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10826 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10827 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10828 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10829 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10830 struct glyph_row *row;
10831 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10832 int bottom_vpos;
10833 struct it it;
10834 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10835 struct text_pos start_pos;
10836 struct run run;
10837 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10838 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10839 struct text_pos start;
10840
10841 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10842
10843 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10844 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10845 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10846 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10847 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10848
10849 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10850 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10851 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10852 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10853 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
10854 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
10855 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
10856 {
10857 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10858 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10859 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10860 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10861 }
10862
10863 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10864 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10865 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
10866 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
10867 be adjusted, of course. */
10868 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10869 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10870 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10871 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10872 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10873 {
10874 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
10875 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
10876
10877 if (delta)
10878 {
10879 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10880 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
10881
10882 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
10883 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
10884 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
10885 delta, delta_bytes);
10886 }
10887
10888 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
10889 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
10890 changed. */
10891 w->window_end_pos
10892 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10893 w->window_end_bytepos
10894 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10895 #endif
10896
10897 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL);
10898 if (row == NULL)
10899 return 0;
10900
10901 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10902 return 1;
10903 }
10904
10905 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10906 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10907 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10908 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10909 {
10910 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10911 size has changed. */
10912 w->window_end_pos
10913 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10914 w->window_end_bytepos
10915 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10916
10917 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10918 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
10919 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10920 return 2;
10921 }
10922
10923 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10924 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10925 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10926 comparable. */
10927 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10928 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10929 return 0;
10930
10931 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10932 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10933 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10934 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
10935 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
10936 first line of window. */
10937 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
10938 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10939 {
10940 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
10941 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
10942 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
10943 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
10944 while (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10945 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
10946 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10947
10948 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
10949 return 0;
10950
10951 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10952 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10953
10954 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
10955 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
10956 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10957 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
10958 current_matrix);
10959 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10960 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10961
10962 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
10963 }
10964 else
10965 {
10966 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
10967 Start displaying in the first line. */
10968 start_display (&it, w, start);
10969 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10970 }
10971
10972 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
10973 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
10974 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
10975 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
10976 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
10977 changes. */
10978 first_unchanged_at_end_row
10979 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
10980 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
10981 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
10982
10983 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
10984 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
10985 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
10986 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
10987 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
10988 stop_pos = 0;
10989 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10990 {
10991 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
10992 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10993
10994 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
10995 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
10996 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
10997 not displaying text. */
10998 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10999 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11000 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11001 < it.last_visible_y))
11002 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11003
11004 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11005 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11006 >= it.last_visible_y))
11007 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11008 else
11009 {
11010 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11011 + delta);
11012 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11013 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
11014 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
11015 }
11016 }
11017 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
11018 return 0;
11019
11020
11021 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11022
11023 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
11024 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
11025 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
11026 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11027 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
11028
11029 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
11030 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
11031 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
11032 : -1);
11033 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11034
11035 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
11036
11037
11038 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
11039 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
11040 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
11041 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11042 last_text_row = NULL;
11043 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
11044 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11045 && !fonts_changed_p
11046 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11047 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
11048 {
11049 if (display_line (&it))
11050 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11051 }
11052
11053 if (fonts_changed_p)
11054 return -1;
11055
11056
11057 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
11058 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
11059 scroll. */
11060 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11061 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
11062 bottom of the window. */
11063 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
11064 {
11065 dvpos = (it.vpos
11066 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
11067 current_matrix));
11068 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11069 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11070 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
11071 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
11072 }
11073 else
11074 {
11075 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
11076 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11077 }
11078 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11079
11080
11081 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11082 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11083 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11084 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11085 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11086 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11087 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11088 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11089 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11090 {
11091 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11092 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11093 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11094 {
11095 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11096 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11097 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
11098 if (row)
11099 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11100 }
11101
11102 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11103 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11104 {
11105 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11106 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
11107 if (row)
11108 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11109 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11110 }
11111
11112 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11113 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11114 {
11115 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11116 return -1;
11117 }
11118 }
11119
11120 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11121 {
11122 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11123
11124 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11125 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11126 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11127 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11128 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11129
11130 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11131 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11132 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11133 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11134 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11135 {
11136 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11137 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11138 return -1;
11139 }
11140 }
11141
11142 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11143 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11144 found. */
11145 if (dy && run.height)
11146 {
11147 update_begin (f);
11148
11149 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11150 {
11151 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11152 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11153 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11154 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11155 }
11156 else
11157 {
11158 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11159 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11160 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11161 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11162 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11163 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
11164
11165 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11166 if (dvpos > 0)
11167 {
11168 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11169 window down dvpos lines. */
11170 set_terminal_window (end);
11171
11172 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11173 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11174 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11175 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11176
11177 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11178 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11179 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11180 }
11181 else if (dvpos < 0)
11182 {
11183 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11184 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11185 set_terminal_window (end);
11186
11187 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11188 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11189 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11190 line sequences. */
11191 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11192
11193 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11194 end. */
11195 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11196 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11197 }
11198
11199 set_terminal_window (0);
11200 }
11201
11202 update_end (f);
11203 }
11204
11205 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11206 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11207 text. */
11208 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11209 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11210 if (dvpos < 0)
11211 {
11212 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11213 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11214 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11215 bottom_vpos, 0);
11216 }
11217 else if (dvpos > 0)
11218 {
11219 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11220 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11221 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11222 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
11223 }
11224
11225 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
11226 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
11227 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11228 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
11229
11230 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
11231 if (delta)
11232 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
11233 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11234 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
11235
11236 /* Adjust Y positions. */
11237 if (dy)
11238 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
11239 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11240 bottom_vpos, dy);
11241
11242 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11243 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
11244
11245 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
11246 the window. */
11247 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
11248 if (dy < 0)
11249 {
11250 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
11251 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
11252 the matrix by dvpos. */
11253 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
11254 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
11255
11256 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
11257 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
11258
11259 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
11260 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
11261 line following it. */
11262 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
11263 {
11264 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
11265 it.vpos = last_vpos;
11266 it.current_y = last_row->y;
11267 }
11268 else
11269 {
11270 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
11271 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
11272 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
11273 ++last_row;
11274 }
11275
11276 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
11277 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
11278 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
11279 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
11280
11281 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
11282 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11283 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11284 && !fonts_changed_p)
11285 {
11286 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
11287 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
11288 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
11289 enabled_p flag to zero. */
11290 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
11291 if (display_line (&it))
11292 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
11293 }
11294 }
11295
11296 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
11297 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11298 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
11299 && !last_text_row_at_end)
11300 {
11301 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
11302 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
11303 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
11304 scrolling. */
11305 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
11306 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
11307 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
11308 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
11309
11310 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11311 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11312 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11313 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
11314 }
11315 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
11316 {
11317 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11318 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
11319 w->window_end_bytepos
11320 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
11321 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11322 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
11323 }
11324 else if (last_text_row)
11325 {
11326 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
11327 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
11328 in the desired matrix. */
11329 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11330 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11331 w->window_end_bytepos
11332 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11333 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11334 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
11335 }
11336 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11337 && last_text_row == NULL
11338 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
11339 {
11340 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
11341 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
11342 int vpos;
11343 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
11344
11345 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
11346 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11347 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
11348 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11349 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
11350 break;
11351
11352 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
11353 }
11354 else
11355 abort ();
11356
11357 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11358 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11359
11360 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
11361 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11362 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11363 return 3;
11364 }
11365
11366
11367 \f
11368 /***********************************************************************
11369 More debugging support
11370 ***********************************************************************/
11371
11372 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11373
11374 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
11375 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
11376
11377
11378 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
11379
11380 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11381 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11382 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11383
11384 void
11385 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
11386 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11387 int glyphs;
11388 {
11389 int i;
11390 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
11391 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, glyphs);
11392 }
11393
11394
11395 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
11396 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11397 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11398 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11399
11400 void
11401 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, glyphs)
11402 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11403 int vpos, glyphs;
11404 {
11405 struct glyph_row *row;
11406
11407 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
11408 return;
11409
11410 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
11411
11412 if (glyphs != 1)
11413 {
11414 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
11415 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
11416
11417 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
11418 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
11419 row - matrix->rows,
11420 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
11421 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
11422 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
11423 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
11424 row->enabled_p,
11425 row->inverse_p,
11426 row->truncated_on_left_p,
11427 row->truncated_on_right_p,
11428 row->overlay_arrow_p,
11429 row->continued_p,
11430 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
11431 row->displays_text_p,
11432 row->ends_at_zv_p,
11433 row->fill_line_p,
11434 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
11435 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
11436 row->mouse_face_p,
11437 row->x,
11438 row->y,
11439 row->pixel_width,
11440 row->height,
11441 row->visible_height,
11442 row->ascent,
11443 row->phys_ascent);
11444 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
11445 row->end.overlay_string_index);
11446 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
11447 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
11448 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
11449 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
11450 row->end.dpvec_index);
11451 }
11452
11453 if (glyphs > 1)
11454 {
11455 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
11456 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
11457
11458 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11459 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11460
11461 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
11462 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11463 ++glyph_end;
11464
11465 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11466 {
11467 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11468 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
11469 }
11470 else
11471 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
11472
11473 while (glyph < glyph_end)
11474 {
11475 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11476 {
11477 fprintf (stderr,
11478 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11479 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11480 'C',
11481 glyph->charpos,
11482 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11483 ? 'B'
11484 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11485 ? 'S'
11486 : '-')),
11487 glyph->pixel_width,
11488 glyph->u.ch,
11489 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11490 ? glyph->u.ch
11491 : '.'),
11492 glyph->face_id,
11493 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11494 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11495 }
11496 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11497 {
11498 fprintf (stderr,
11499 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11500 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11501 'S',
11502 glyph->charpos,
11503 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11504 ? 'B'
11505 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11506 ? 'S'
11507 : '-')),
11508 glyph->pixel_width,
11509 0,
11510 '.',
11511 glyph->face_id,
11512 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11513 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11514 }
11515 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11516 {
11517 fprintf (stderr,
11518 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11519 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11520 'I',
11521 glyph->charpos,
11522 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11523 ? 'B'
11524 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11525 ? 'S'
11526 : '-')),
11527 glyph->pixel_width,
11528 glyph->u.img_id,
11529 '.',
11530 glyph->face_id,
11531 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11532 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11533 }
11534 ++glyph;
11535 }
11536 }
11537 else if (glyphs == 1)
11538 {
11539 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[TEXT_AREA] + 1);
11540 int i;
11541
11542 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11543 {
11544 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
11545 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11546 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
11547 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
11548 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
11549 else
11550 s[i] = '.';
11551 }
11552
11553 s[i] = '\0';
11554 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
11555 }
11556 }
11557
11558
11559 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11560 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11561 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11562 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil\n\
11563 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show\n\
11564 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form.")
11565 (glyphs)
11566 Lisp_Object glyphs;
11567 {
11568 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11569 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11570
11571 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11572 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11573 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11574 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11575 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11576 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11577 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
11578 return Qnil;
11579 }
11580
11581
11582 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
11583 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.\n\
11584 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11585 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11586 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11587 (row, glyphs)
11588 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11589 {
11590 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11591 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix,
11592 XINT (row),
11593 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11594 return Qnil;
11595 }
11596
11597
11598 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row, 1, 2, "",
11599 "Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.\n\
11600 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11601 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11602 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11603 (row, glyphs)
11604 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11605 {
11606 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11607 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
11608 dump_glyph_row (m, XINT (row), INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11609 return Qnil;
11610 }
11611
11612
11613 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11614 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11615 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11616 ()
11617 {
11618 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11619 return Qnil;
11620 }
11621
11622
11623 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11624 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11625 (string)
11626 Lisp_Object string;
11627 {
11628 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11629 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11630 return Qnil;
11631 }
11632
11633 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11634
11635
11636 \f
11637 /***********************************************************************
11638 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11639 ***********************************************************************/
11640
11641 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11642 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11643
11644 static struct glyph_row *
11645 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11646 struct window *w;
11647 {
11648 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11649 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11650 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11651 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11652 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11653 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11654 unsigned char *p;
11655 struct it it;
11656 int multibyte_p;
11657 int n_glyphs_before;
11658
11659 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11660 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11661 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11662 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11663
11664 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11665 p = arrow_string;
11666 while (p < arrow_end)
11667 {
11668 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11669
11670 /* Get the next character. */
11671 if (multibyte_p)
11672 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11673 else
11674 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11675 p += it.len;
11676
11677 /* Get its face. */
11678 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
11679 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11680 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11681
11682 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11683 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11684 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11685 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11686
11687 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11688 to remove some glyphs. */
11689 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11690 {
11691 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11692 break;
11693 }
11694 }
11695
11696 set_buffer_temp (old);
11697 return it.glyph_row;
11698 }
11699
11700
11701 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11702 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11703 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11704 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11705 produce_special_glyphs. */
11706
11707 static void
11708 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
11709 struct it *it;
11710 {
11711 struct it truncate_it;
11712 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
11713
11714 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
11715
11716 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
11717 truncate_it = *it;
11718 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
11719 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11720 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
11721 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11722 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
11723 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
11724 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11725
11726 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
11727 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11728 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11729 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11730 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11731
11732 while (from < end)
11733 *to++ = *from++;
11734
11735 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
11736 while (to < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to))
11737 {
11738 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11739 while (from < end)
11740 *to++ = *from++;
11741 }
11742
11743 if (to > toend)
11744 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11745 }
11746
11747
11748 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
11749
11750 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
11751 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
11752 structure. This is not the case if
11753
11754 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
11755 and max_height will be zero.
11756
11757 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
11758 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
11759 pixmap extensions).
11760
11761 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
11762 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
11763 must not be zero. */
11764
11765 static void
11766 compute_line_metrics (it)
11767 struct it *it;
11768 {
11769 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11770 int area, i;
11771
11772 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11773 {
11774 int i, header_line_height;
11775
11776 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
11777 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
11778 computed yet. */
11779 if (row->height == 0)
11780 {
11781 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
11782 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
11783 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11784 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11785 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11786 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11787 }
11788
11789 /* Compute the width of this line. */
11790 row->pixel_width = row->x;
11791 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11792 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
11793
11794 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
11795 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
11796
11797 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
11798 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
11799
11800 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
11801 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
11802 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
11803 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
11804 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
11805 {
11806 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
11807 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
11808 }
11809
11810 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
11811 row->visible_height = row->height;
11812
11813 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
11814 if (row->y < header_line_height)
11815 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
11816 else
11817 {
11818 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
11819 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11820 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11821 }
11822 }
11823 else
11824 {
11825 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11826 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
11827 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
11828 }
11829
11830 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
11831 row->hash = 0;
11832 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11833 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11834 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
11835 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
11836 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
11837 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
11838 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
11839
11840 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
11841 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
11842 }
11843
11844
11845 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
11846 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
11847 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
11848 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
11849
11850 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
11851 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
11852 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
11853 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
11854
11855 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
11856 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
11857
11858 static int
11859 append_space (it, default_face_p)
11860 struct it *it;
11861 int default_face_p;
11862 {
11863 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11864 {
11865 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11866
11867 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
11868 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11869 {
11870 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
11871 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
11872 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
11873 append_space has been called. */
11874 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11875 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
11876 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11877 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11878 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11879 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11880 struct face *face;
11881
11882 saved_object = it->object;
11883 saved_pos = it->position;
11884
11885 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11886 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11887 it->object = make_number (0);
11888 it->c = ' ';
11889 it->len = 1;
11890
11891 if (default_face_p)
11892 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11893 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11894 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
11895 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
11896 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
11897
11898 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11899
11900 it->current_x = saved_x;
11901 it->object = saved_object;
11902 it->position = saved_pos;
11903 it->what = saved_what;
11904 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11905 it->len = saved_len;
11906 it->c = saved_c;
11907 return 1;
11908 }
11909 }
11910
11911 return 0;
11912 }
11913
11914
11915 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
11916 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
11917 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
11918 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
11919
11920 static void
11921 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
11922 struct it *it;
11923 {
11924 struct face *face;
11925 struct frame *f = it->f;
11926
11927 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
11928 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11929 return;
11930
11931 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
11932 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
11933 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
11934 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11935 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
11936 else
11937 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
11938
11939 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11940 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
11941 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
11942 && !face->stipple)
11943 return;
11944
11945 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
11946 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
11947 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
11948
11949 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
11950 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
11951 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
11952 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
11953 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
11954 {
11955 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
11956 }
11957
11958 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11959 {
11960 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
11961 so that we know which face to draw. */
11962 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11963 {
11964 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
11965 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
11966 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
11967 }
11968 }
11969 else
11970 {
11971 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11972 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11973 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11974 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11975 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11976 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11977
11978 saved_object = it->object;
11979 saved_pos = it->position;
11980
11981 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11982 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11983 it->object = make_number (0);
11984 it->c = ' ';
11985 it->len = 1;
11986 it->face_id = face->id;
11987
11988 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11989
11990 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
11991 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11992
11993 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
11994 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
11995 it->current_x = saved_x;
11996 it->object = saved_object;
11997 it->position = saved_pos;
11998 it->what = saved_what;
11999 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12000 }
12001 }
12002
12003
12004 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
12005 trailing whitespace. */
12006
12007 static int
12008 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
12009 int charpos;
12010 {
12011 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
12012 int c = 0;
12013
12014 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
12015 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
12016 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
12017 ++bytepos;
12018
12019 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
12020 {
12021 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
12022 return 1;
12023 }
12024 return 0;
12025 }
12026
12027
12028 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
12029
12030 void
12031 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
12032 struct frame *f;
12033 struct glyph_row *row;
12034 {
12035 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12036
12037 if (used)
12038 {
12039 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12040 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
12041
12042 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
12043 cursor at the end of a line. */
12044 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12045 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
12046 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
12047 --glyph;
12048
12049 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
12050 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
12051 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
12052 if (glyph >= start
12053 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12054 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12055 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12056 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
12057 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
12058 {
12059 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
12060
12061 while (glyph >= start
12062 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12063 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12064 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12065 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
12066 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
12067 }
12068 }
12069 }
12070
12071
12072 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
12073 used to hold the cursor. */
12074
12075 static int
12076 cursor_row_p (w, row)
12077 struct window *w;
12078 struct glyph_row *row;
12079 {
12080 int cursor_row_p = 1;
12081
12082 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
12083 {
12084 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
12085 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
12086 newline). */
12087 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
12088 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
12089 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
12090
12091 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
12092 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
12093 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
12094 cursor_row_p = 1;
12095 else
12096 cursor_row_p = 0;
12097 }
12098
12099 return cursor_row_p;
12100 }
12101
12102
12103 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12104 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12105 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12106 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12107 only. */
12108
12109 static int
12110 display_line (it)
12111 struct it *it;
12112 {
12113 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12114
12115 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12116 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12117
12118 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12119 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12120 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12121
12122 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12123 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12124
12125 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12126 prepare_desired_row (row);
12127
12128 row->y = it->current_y;
12129 row->start = it->current;
12130 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12131 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12132 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12133 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12134
12135 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12136 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12137 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12138 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12139 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12140 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12141
12142 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12143 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12144 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12145 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12146 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12147 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12148
12149 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
12150 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
12151 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12152 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12153 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12154 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12155
12156 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
12157 character to display. */
12158 while (1)
12159 {
12160 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
12161 int x, i, nglyphs;
12162 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
12163
12164 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
12165 buffer reached. */
12166 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12167 {
12168 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
12169 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
12170 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
12171 to -1. */
12172 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
12173 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12174 {
12175 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
12176 row->displays_text_p = 0;
12177
12178 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
12179 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
12180 }
12181
12182 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12183 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
12184 break;
12185 }
12186
12187 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
12188 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
12189 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12190 x = it->current_x;
12191
12192 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
12193 fit on the line. */
12194 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
12195 {
12196 ascent = it->max_ascent;
12197 descent = it->max_descent;
12198 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12199 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
12200 }
12201
12202 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12203
12204 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
12205 the next one. */
12206 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
12207 {
12208 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12209 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12210 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12211 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12212 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12213 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12214 continue;
12215 }
12216
12217 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
12218 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
12219 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
12220 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
12221 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
12222 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
12223 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
12224 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
12225 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
12226 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12227 hpos_before = it->hpos;
12228 x_before = x;
12229
12230 if ((nglyphs == 1
12231 /* A wide multibyte character produces multiple glyphs on
12232 tty window .*/
12233 || !SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
12234 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
12235 {
12236 it->hpos += nglyphs;
12237 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12238 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12239 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12240 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12241 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12242 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
12243 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12244 }
12245 else
12246 {
12247 int new_x;
12248 struct glyph *glyph;
12249
12250 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
12251 {
12252 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12253 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
12254
12255 if (/* Lines are continued. */
12256 !it->truncate_lines_p
12257 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
12258 new_x > it->last_visible_x
12259 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
12260 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12261 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
12262 {
12263 /* End of a continued line. */
12264
12265 if (it->hpos == 0
12266 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12267 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
12268 {
12269 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
12270 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
12271 the line because we can't draw the cursor
12272 after the glyph. */
12273 row->continued_p = 1;
12274 it->current_x = new_x;
12275 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
12276 ++it->hpos;
12277 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
12278 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12279 }
12280 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
12281 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12282 {
12283 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
12284 This means the whole character doesn't fit
12285 on the line. */
12286 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12287
12288 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
12289 glyphs like in 20.x. */
12290 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
12291 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12292 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12293
12294 row->continued_p = 1;
12295 it->current_x = x_before;
12296 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
12297
12298 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12299 element not fitting on the line. */
12300 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12301 it->max_descent = descent;
12302 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12303 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12304 }
12305 else
12306 {
12307 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
12308 the window. Restore positions to values
12309 before the element. The next line starts
12310 with current_x before the glyph that could
12311 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
12312 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12313
12314 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
12315 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12316 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12317 row->continued_p = 1;
12318
12319 it->current_x = x;
12320 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
12321 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
12322 {
12323 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12324 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12325 }
12326
12327 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12328 element not fitting on the line. */
12329 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12330 it->max_descent = descent;
12331 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12332 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12333 }
12334
12335 break;
12336 }
12337 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
12338 {
12339 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
12340 ++it->hpos;
12341
12342 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12343 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
12344 negative X position. */
12345 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12346 }
12347 else
12348 {
12349 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
12350 window. This should not happen because of the
12351 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
12352 this function. */
12353 abort ();
12354 }
12355 }
12356
12357 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12358 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12359 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12360 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12361 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12362
12363 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
12364 if (row->continued_p)
12365 break;
12366 }
12367
12368 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
12369 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
12370 margin of the window. */
12371 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12372 {
12373 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12374
12375 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
12376 display the cursor there. */
12377 append_space (it, 0);
12378
12379 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
12380 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
12381
12382 /* Make sure we have the position. */
12383 if (used_before == 0)
12384 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
12385
12386 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
12387 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12388 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12389 break;
12390 }
12391
12392 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
12393 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
12394 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12395
12396 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
12397 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
12398 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12399 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
12400 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12401 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
12402 {
12403 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
12404 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12405 {
12406 int i, n;
12407
12408 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
12409 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
12410 break;
12411
12412 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
12413 {
12414 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
12415 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12416 }
12417 }
12418
12419 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12420 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12421 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
12422 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
12423 it->hpos = hpos_before;
12424 it->current_x = x_before;
12425 break;
12426 }
12427 }
12428
12429 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
12430 at the left window margin. */
12431 if (it->first_visible_x
12432 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
12433 {
12434 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12435 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12436 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12437 }
12438
12439 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
12440 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
12441 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
12442 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
12443 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
12444 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
12445 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12446 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
12447 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
12448 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
12449 {
12450 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
12451 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12452 {
12453 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
12454 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12455 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12456 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12457 struct glyph *p2, *end;
12458
12459 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
12460 while (glyph < arrow_end)
12461 *p++ = *glyph++;
12462
12463 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
12464 p2 = p;
12465 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12466 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
12467 ++p2;
12468 if (p2 > p)
12469 {
12470 while (p2 < end)
12471 *p++ = *p2++;
12472 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12473 }
12474 }
12475
12476 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
12477 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
12478 }
12479
12480 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
12481 compute_line_metrics (it);
12482
12483 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
12484 row->end = it->current;
12485
12486 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
12487 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
12488 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12489 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
12490 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
12491 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12492
12493 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
12494 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
12495 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
12496
12497 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
12498 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
12499 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
12500 row to be used. */
12501 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
12502 it->current_y += row->height;
12503 ++it->vpos;
12504 ++it->glyph_row;
12505 return row->displays_text_p;
12506 }
12507
12508
12509 \f
12510 /***********************************************************************
12511 Menu Bar
12512 ***********************************************************************/
12513
12514 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
12515
12516 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
12517 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
12518
12519 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
12520 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
12521 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
12522 for the menu bar. */
12523
12524 static void
12525 display_menu_bar (w)
12526 struct window *w;
12527 {
12528 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12529 struct it it;
12530 Lisp_Object items;
12531 int i;
12532
12533 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
12534 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
12535 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
12536 return;
12537 #endif
12538 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12539 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
12540 return;
12541 #endif
12542 #ifdef macintosh
12543 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
12544 return;
12545 #endif
12546
12547 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12548 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12549 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12550 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12551 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12552 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12553 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12554 {
12555 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12556 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12557 struct window *menu_w;
12558 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12559 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12560 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12561 MENU_FACE_ID);
12562 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12563 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12564 }
12565 else
12566 {
12567 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12568 pixel x/y. */
12569 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12570 MENU_FACE_ID);
12571 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12572 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12573 }
12574 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12575
12576 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12577 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
12578 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12579
12580 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12581 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12582 {
12583 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12584 clear_glyph_row (row);
12585 row->enabled_p = 1;
12586 row->full_width_p = 1;
12587 }
12588
12589 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12590 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12591 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12592 {
12593 Lisp_Object string;
12594
12595 /* Stop at nil string. */
12596 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
12597 if (NILP (string))
12598 break;
12599
12600 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12601 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
12602
12603 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12604 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12605 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12606 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12607 }
12608
12609 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12610 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12611 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12612
12613 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12614 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12615 }
12616
12617
12618 \f
12619 /***********************************************************************
12620 Mode Line
12621 ***********************************************************************/
12622
12623 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12624 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12625 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12626 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12627
12628 static int
12629 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12630 Lisp_Object window;
12631 int force;
12632 {
12633 int nwindows = 0;
12634
12635 while (!NILP (window))
12636 {
12637 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12638
12639 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12640 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12641 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12642 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12643 else if (force
12644 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12645 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12646 {
12647 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12648 struct text_pos lpoint;
12649 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12650
12651 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12652 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12653 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12654
12655 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12656 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12657 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12658 {
12659 struct text_pos pt;
12660
12661 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12662 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12663 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12664 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12665 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12666 else
12667 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12668 }
12669
12670 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12671 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12672 selected_frame = w->frame;
12673
12674 /* Display mode lines. */
12675 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12676 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12677 {
12678 ++nwindows;
12679 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12680 }
12681
12682 /* Restore old settings. */
12683 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12684 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12685 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12686 }
12687
12688 window = w->next;
12689 }
12690
12691 return nwindows;
12692 }
12693
12694
12695 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12696 of mode lines displayed. */
12697
12698 static int
12699 display_mode_lines (w)
12700 struct window *w;
12701 {
12702 int n = 0;
12703
12704 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12705 line_number_displayed = 0;
12706 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
12707
12708 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
12709 {
12710 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
12711 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
12712 ++n;
12713 }
12714
12715 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
12716 {
12717 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
12718 current_buffer->header_line_format);
12719 ++n;
12720 }
12721
12722 return n;
12723 }
12724
12725
12726 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
12727 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
12728 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
12729 height of the mode line displayed. */
12730
12731 static int
12732 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
12733 struct window *w;
12734 enum face_id face_id;
12735 Lisp_Object format;
12736 {
12737 struct it it;
12738 struct face *face;
12739
12740 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
12741 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
12742
12743 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12744 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
12745 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12746
12747 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
12748 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
12749 values. */
12750 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
12751 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
12752 pop_frame_kboard ();
12753
12754 /* Fill up with spaces. */
12755 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
12756
12757 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12758 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
12759 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
12760 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = 0;
12761 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
12762 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
12763 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
12764
12765 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
12766 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
12767 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
12768 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
12769 {
12770 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12771 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
12772 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
12773 }
12774
12775 return it.glyph_row->height;
12776 }
12777
12778
12779 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
12780 translates into text depends on its data type.
12781
12782 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
12783
12784 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
12785 infinite recursion here.
12786
12787 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
12788 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
12789 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
12790 display_string for details. *
12791
12792 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
12793
12794 static int
12795 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
12796 struct it *it;
12797 int depth;
12798 int field_width, precision;
12799 Lisp_Object elt;
12800 {
12801 int n = 0, field, prec;
12802
12803 tail_recurse:
12804 if (depth > 10)
12805 goto invalid;
12806
12807 depth++;
12808
12809 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
12810 {
12811 case Lisp_String:
12812 {
12813 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
12814 unsigned char c;
12815 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
12816 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
12817
12818 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
12819 && *this
12820 && (frame_title_ptr
12821 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
12822 {
12823 unsigned char *last = this;
12824
12825 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
12826 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
12827 ;
12828
12829 if (this - 1 != last)
12830 {
12831 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
12832 is length of string. Don't output more than
12833 PRECISION allows us. */
12834 --this;
12835 prec = strwidth (last, this - last);
12836 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12837 prec = precision - n;
12838
12839 if (frame_title_ptr)
12840 n += store_frame_title (last, 0, prec);
12841 else
12842 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
12843 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
12844 }
12845 else /* c == '%' */
12846 {
12847 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
12848
12849 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
12850 don't pad. */
12851 field = 0;
12852 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
12853 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
12854
12855 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
12856 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
12857 field = field_width - n;
12858
12859 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
12860 prec = precision - n;
12861
12862 if (c == 'M')
12863 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
12864 Vglobal_mode_string);
12865 else if (c != 0)
12866 {
12867 unsigned char *spec
12868 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
12869
12870 if (frame_title_ptr)
12871 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
12872 else
12873 {
12874 int nglyphs_before
12875 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12876 int charpos
12877 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
12878 int nwritten
12879 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
12880 field, prec, 0, -1);
12881
12882 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
12883 string where the `%x' came from, position
12884 of the `%'. */
12885 if (nwritten > 0)
12886 {
12887 struct glyph *glyph
12888 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12889 + nglyphs_before);
12890 int i;
12891
12892 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
12893 {
12894 glyph[i].object = elt;
12895 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
12896 }
12897
12898 n += nwritten;
12899 }
12900 }
12901 }
12902 }
12903 }
12904 }
12905 break;
12906
12907 case Lisp_Symbol:
12908 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
12909 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
12910 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
12911 literally. */
12912 {
12913 register Lisp_Object tem;
12914 tem = Fboundp (elt);
12915 if (!NILP (tem))
12916 {
12917 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
12918 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
12919 don't check for % within it. */
12920 if (STRINGP (tem))
12921 {
12922 prec = precision - n;
12923 if (frame_title_ptr)
12924 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
12925 else
12926 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
12927 0, prec, 0, -1);
12928 }
12929 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
12930 {
12931 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
12932 elt = tem;
12933 goto tail_recurse;
12934 }
12935 }
12936 }
12937 break;
12938
12939 case Lisp_Cons:
12940 {
12941 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
12942
12943 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
12944 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
12945 and effectively concatenate them.
12946 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
12947 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
12948 to at least that many characters.
12949 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
12950 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
12951 car = XCAR (elt);
12952 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
12953 {
12954 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
12955 and use the result as mode line elements. */
12956 struct gcpro gcpro1;
12957 Lisp_Object spec;
12958
12959 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
12960 GCPRO1 (spec);
12961 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12962 precision - n, spec);
12963 UNGCPRO;
12964 }
12965 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
12966 {
12967 tem = Fboundp (car);
12968 elt = XCDR (elt);
12969 if (!CONSP (elt))
12970 goto invalid;
12971 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
12972 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
12973 if (!NILP (tem))
12974 {
12975 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
12976 if (!NILP (tem))
12977 {
12978 elt = XCAR (elt);
12979 goto tail_recurse;
12980 }
12981 }
12982 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
12983 Get the cddr of the original list
12984 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
12985 elt = XCDR (elt);
12986 if (NILP (elt))
12987 break;
12988 else if (!CONSP (elt))
12989 goto invalid;
12990 elt = XCAR (elt);
12991 goto tail_recurse;
12992 }
12993 else if (INTEGERP (car))
12994 {
12995 register int lim = XINT (car);
12996 elt = XCDR (elt);
12997 if (lim < 0)
12998 {
12999 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
13000 if (precision <= 0)
13001 precision = -lim;
13002 else
13003 precision = min (precision, -lim);
13004 }
13005 else if (lim > 0)
13006 {
13007 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
13008 current maximum. */
13009 if (precision > 0)
13010 lim = min (precision, lim);
13011
13012 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
13013 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
13014 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
13015 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
13016 }
13017 goto tail_recurse;
13018 }
13019 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
13020 {
13021 register int limit = 50;
13022 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
13023 while (CONSP (elt)
13024 && --limit > 0
13025 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
13026 {
13027 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13028 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
13029 elt = XCDR (elt);
13030 }
13031 }
13032 }
13033 break;
13034
13035 default:
13036 invalid:
13037 if (frame_title_ptr)
13038 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
13039 else
13040 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
13041 precision - n, 0, 0);
13042 return n;
13043 }
13044
13045 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
13046 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
13047 {
13048 if (frame_title_ptr)
13049 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
13050 else
13051 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
13052 0, 0, 0);
13053 }
13054
13055 return n;
13056 }
13057
13058
13059 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
13060 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
13061
13062 static void
13063 pint2str (buf, width, d)
13064 register char *buf;
13065 register int width;
13066 register int d;
13067 {
13068 register char *p = buf;
13069
13070 if (d <= 0)
13071 *p++ = '0';
13072 else
13073 {
13074 while (d > 0)
13075 {
13076 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
13077 d /= 10;
13078 }
13079 }
13080
13081 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
13082 *p++ = ' ';
13083 *p-- = '\0';
13084 while (p > buf)
13085 {
13086 d = *buf;
13087 *buf++ = *p;
13088 *p-- = d;
13089 }
13090 }
13091
13092 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
13093 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
13094 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
13095
13096 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
13097
13098 static char *
13099 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
13100 Lisp_Object coding_system;
13101 register char *buf;
13102 int eol_flag;
13103 {
13104 Lisp_Object val;
13105 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
13106 unsigned char *eol_str;
13107 int eol_str_len;
13108 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
13109 Lisp_Object eoltype;
13110
13111 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
13112 eoltype = Qnil;
13113
13114 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
13115 {
13116 if (multibyte)
13117 *buf++ = '-';
13118 if (eol_flag)
13119 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13120 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
13121 }
13122 else
13123 {
13124 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
13125
13126 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
13127
13128 if (multibyte)
13129 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
13130
13131 if (eol_flag)
13132 {
13133 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
13134
13135 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13136 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13137 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13138 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13139 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
13140 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
13141 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
13142 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
13143 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
13144 }
13145 }
13146
13147 if (eol_flag)
13148 {
13149 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
13150 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
13151 {
13152 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
13153 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
13154 }
13155 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
13156 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
13157 {
13158 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
13159 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
13160 }
13161 else
13162 {
13163 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
13164 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
13165 }
13166 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
13167 buf += eol_str_len;
13168 }
13169
13170 return buf;
13171 }
13172
13173 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
13174 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
13175 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
13176 string returned with spaces to that value. */
13177
13178 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13179
13180 static char *
13181 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
13182 struct window *w;
13183 register int c;
13184 int field_width, precision;
13185 {
13186 Lisp_Object obj;
13187 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13188 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
13189 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
13190
13191 obj = Qnil;
13192
13193 switch (c)
13194 {
13195 case '*':
13196 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13197 return "%";
13198 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13199 return "*";
13200 return "-";
13201
13202 case '+':
13203 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
13204 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13205 return "*";
13206 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13207 return "%";
13208 return "-";
13209
13210 case '&':
13211 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
13212 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13213 return "*";
13214 return "-";
13215
13216 case '%':
13217 return "%";
13218
13219 case '[':
13220 {
13221 int i;
13222 char *p;
13223
13224 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13225 return "[[[... ";
13226 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13227 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13228 *p++ = '[';
13229 *p = 0;
13230 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13231 }
13232
13233 case ']':
13234 {
13235 int i;
13236 char *p;
13237
13238 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13239 return " ...]]]";
13240 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13241 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13242 *p++ = ']';
13243 *p = 0;
13244 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13245 }
13246
13247 case '-':
13248 {
13249 register int i;
13250
13251 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
13252 if (field_width <= 0
13253 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
13254 {
13255 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
13256 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
13257 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
13258 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13259 }
13260 else
13261 return lots_of_dashes;
13262 }
13263
13264 case 'b':
13265 obj = b->name;
13266 break;
13267
13268 case 'c':
13269 {
13270 int col = current_column ();
13271 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
13272 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
13273 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13274 }
13275
13276 case 'F':
13277 /* %F displays the frame name. */
13278 if (!NILP (f->title))
13279 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
13280 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13281 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
13282 return "Emacs";
13283
13284 case 'f':
13285 obj = b->filename;
13286 break;
13287
13288 case 'l':
13289 {
13290 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
13291 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
13292 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
13293 int nlines, junk;
13294 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
13295
13296 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
13297 don't forget that too fast. */
13298 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
13299 goto no_value;
13300 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
13301 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
13302 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13303
13304 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
13305 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
13306 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
13307 {
13308 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13309 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13310 goto no_value;
13311 }
13312
13313 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
13314 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
13315 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
13316 {
13317 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
13318 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
13319 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
13320 }
13321 else
13322 {
13323 line = 1;
13324 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
13325 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13326 }
13327
13328 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
13329 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
13330 startpos_byte,
13331 startpos, &junk);
13332
13333 topline = nlines + line;
13334
13335 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
13336 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
13337 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
13338 go back past it. */
13339 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13340 {
13341 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
13342 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
13343 }
13344 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
13345 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13346 {
13347 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
13348 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13349 int position;
13350 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
13351
13352 if (startpos - distance > limit)
13353 {
13354 limit = startpos - distance;
13355 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
13356 }
13357
13358 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13359 limit_byte,
13360 - (height * 2 + 30),
13361 &position);
13362 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
13363 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
13364 give up on line numbers for this window. */
13365 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
13366 {
13367 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
13368 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13369 goto no_value;
13370 }
13371
13372 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
13373 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
13374 }
13375
13376 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
13377 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13378 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
13379
13380 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
13381 line_number_displayed = 1;
13382
13383 /* Make the string to show. */
13384 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
13385 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13386 no_value:
13387 {
13388 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13389 int pad = field_width - 2;
13390 while (pad-- > 0)
13391 *p++ = ' ';
13392 *p++ = '?';
13393 *p++ = '?';
13394 *p = '\0';
13395 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13396 }
13397 }
13398 break;
13399
13400 case 'm':
13401 obj = b->mode_name;
13402 break;
13403
13404 case 'n':
13405 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
13406 return " Narrow";
13407 break;
13408
13409 case 'p':
13410 {
13411 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
13412 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13413
13414 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
13415 {
13416 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13417 return "All";
13418 else
13419 return "Bottom";
13420 }
13421 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13422 return "Top";
13423 else
13424 {
13425 if (total > 1000000)
13426 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13427 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13428 else
13429 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13430 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13431 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13432 if (total == 100)
13433 total = 99;
13434 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13435 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13436 }
13437 }
13438
13439 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
13440 case 'P':
13441 {
13442 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
13443 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
13444 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13445
13446 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
13447 {
13448 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13449 return "All";
13450 else
13451 return "Bottom";
13452 }
13453 else
13454 {
13455 if (total > 1000000)
13456 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13457 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13458 else
13459 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13460 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13461 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13462 if (total == 100)
13463 total = 99;
13464 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13465 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
13466 else
13467 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13468 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13469 }
13470 }
13471
13472 case 's':
13473 /* status of process */
13474 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
13475 if (NILP (obj))
13476 return "no process";
13477 #ifdef subprocesses
13478 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
13479 #endif
13480 break;
13481
13482 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
13483 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
13484 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
13485 #else
13486 return "T";
13487 #endif
13488
13489 case 'z':
13490 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
13491 case 'Z':
13492 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
13493 {
13494 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
13495 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13496
13497 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13498 {
13499 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
13500 to do EOL conversion. */
13501 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13502 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13503 }
13504 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
13505 p, eol_flag);
13506
13507 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
13508 #ifdef subprocesses
13509 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
13510 if (PROCESSP (obj))
13511 {
13512 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
13513 p, eol_flag);
13514 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
13515 p, eol_flag);
13516 }
13517 #endif /* subprocesses */
13518 #endif /* 0 */
13519 *p = 0;
13520 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13521 }
13522 }
13523
13524 if (STRINGP (obj))
13525 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
13526 else
13527 return "";
13528 }
13529
13530
13531 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
13532 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
13533 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
13534
13535 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
13536
13537 static int
13538 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
13539 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
13540 int *byte_pos_ptr;
13541 {
13542 register unsigned char *cursor;
13543 unsigned char *base;
13544
13545 register int ceiling;
13546 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
13547 int orig_count = count;
13548
13549 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
13550 check only for newlines. */
13551 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
13552 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
13553
13554 if (count > 0)
13555 {
13556 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13557 {
13558 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13559 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13560 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13561 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13562 while (1)
13563 {
13564 if (selective_display)
13565 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13566 ;
13567 else
13568 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13569 ;
13570
13571 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13572 {
13573 if (--count == 0)
13574 {
13575 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13576 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13577 return orig_count;
13578 }
13579 else
13580 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13581 break;
13582 }
13583 else
13584 break;
13585 }
13586 start_byte += cursor - base;
13587 }
13588 }
13589 else
13590 {
13591 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13592 {
13593 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13594 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13595 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13596 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13597 while (1)
13598 {
13599 if (selective_display)
13600 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13601 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13602 ;
13603 else
13604 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13605 ;
13606
13607 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13608 {
13609 if (++count == 0)
13610 {
13611 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13612 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13613 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13614 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13615 return - orig_count - 1;
13616 }
13617 }
13618 else
13619 break;
13620 }
13621 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13622 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13623 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13624 }
13625 }
13626
13627 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13628
13629 if (count < 0)
13630 return - orig_count + count;
13631 return orig_count - count;
13632
13633 }
13634
13635
13636 \f
13637 /***********************************************************************
13638 Displaying strings
13639 ***********************************************************************/
13640
13641 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13642
13643 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13644 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13645
13646 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13647 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13648 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13649
13650 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13651 standard display table, temporarily.
13652
13653 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13654 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13655 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13656 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13657
13658 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13659 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13660
13661 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13662
13663 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13664 ----------------------------------------
13665 -1 -1 %s
13666 -1 10 %.10s
13667 10 -1 %10s
13668 20 10 %20.10s
13669
13670 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13671 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13672 enable_multibyte_characters.
13673
13674 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13675
13676 static int
13677 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13678 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13679 unsigned char *string;
13680 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13681 Lisp_Object face_string;
13682 int face_string_pos;
13683 int start;
13684 struct it *it;
13685 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13686 int multibyte;
13687 {
13688 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13689 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13690 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13691
13692 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13693 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
13694 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
13695 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
13696 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13697 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13698
13699 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13700 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13701 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13702 {
13703 int endptr;
13704 struct face *face;
13705
13706 it->face_id
13707 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13708 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
13709 it->region_end_charpos,
13710 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
13711 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
13712 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
13713 }
13714
13715 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
13716 beyond the right edge of the window. */
13717 if (max_x <= 0)
13718 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
13719 else
13720 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
13721
13722 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
13723 hscrolled. */
13724 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13725 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
13726 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13727
13728 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13729 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13730 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13731 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13732
13733 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
13734 past last_visible_x. */
13735 while (it->current_x < max_x)
13736 {
13737 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
13738
13739 /* Get the next display element. */
13740 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13741 break;
13742
13743 /* Produce glyphs. */
13744 x_before = it->current_x;
13745 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13746 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13747
13748 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13749 i = 0;
13750 x = x_before;
13751 while (i < nglyphs)
13752 {
13753 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13754
13755 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
13756 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
13757 {
13758 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
13759 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph))
13760 {
13761 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
13762 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
13763 it->current_x = x_before;
13764 }
13765 else
13766 {
13767 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13768 it->current_x = x;
13769 }
13770 break;
13771 }
13772 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
13773 {
13774 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
13775 ++it->hpos;
13776 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13777 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13778 }
13779 else
13780 {
13781 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
13782 Should not happen. */
13783 abort ();
13784 }
13785
13786 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13787 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13788 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13789 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13790 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13791 x += glyph->pixel_width;
13792 ++i;
13793 }
13794
13795 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
13796 if (i < nglyphs)
13797 break;
13798
13799 /* Stop at line ends. */
13800 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13801 {
13802 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13803 break;
13804 }
13805
13806 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13807
13808 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
13809 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13810 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13811 {
13812 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
13813 truncated at a padding space. */
13814 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
13815 {
13816 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13817 {
13818 int i, n;
13819
13820 if (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)
13821 {
13822 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
13823 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
13824 break;
13825 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
13826 {
13827 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
13828 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13829 }
13830 }
13831 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13832 }
13833 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13834 }
13835 break;
13836 }
13837 }
13838
13839 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
13840 if (it->first_visible_x
13841 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
13842 {
13843 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13844 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13845 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13846 }
13847
13848 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13849
13850 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
13851 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
13852 }
13853
13854
13855 \f
13856 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
13857 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
13858 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
13859 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
13860 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13861
13862 int
13863 invisible_p (propval, list)
13864 register Lisp_Object propval;
13865 Lisp_Object list;
13866 {
13867 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13868
13869 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13870 {
13871 register Lisp_Object tem;
13872 tem = XCAR (tail);
13873 if (EQ (propval, tem))
13874 return 1;
13875 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13876 return 1;
13877 }
13878
13879 if (CONSP (propval))
13880 {
13881 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13882 {
13883 Lisp_Object propelt;
13884 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13885 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13886 {
13887 register Lisp_Object tem;
13888 tem = XCAR (tail);
13889 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
13890 return 1;
13891 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13892 return 1;
13893 }
13894 }
13895 }
13896
13897 return 0;
13898 }
13899
13900
13901 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
13902 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
13903 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
13904 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
13905 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13906
13907 int
13908 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
13909 register Lisp_Object propval;
13910 Lisp_Object list;
13911 {
13912 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13913
13914 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13915 {
13916 register Lisp_Object tem;
13917 tem = XCAR (tail);
13918 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13919 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13920 }
13921
13922 if (CONSP (propval))
13923 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13924 {
13925 Lisp_Object propelt;
13926 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13927 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13928 {
13929 register Lisp_Object tem;
13930 tem = XCAR (tail);
13931 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13932 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13933 }
13934 }
13935
13936 return 0;
13937 }
13938
13939
13940 \f
13941 /***********************************************************************
13942 Initialization
13943 ***********************************************************************/
13944
13945 void
13946 syms_of_xdisp ()
13947 {
13948 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
13949 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
13950
13951 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
13952 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
13953
13954 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
13955 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
13956
13957 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13958 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
13959 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
13960 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
13961 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
13962 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
13963 #endif
13964 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
13965 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed);
13966 #endif
13967
13968 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
13969 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
13970
13971 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
13972 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
13973
13974 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
13975 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
13976
13977 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
13978 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
13979
13980 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
13981 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
13982
13983 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
13984 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
13985
13986 QCdata = intern (":data");
13987 staticpro (&QCdata);
13988 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
13989 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
13990 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
13991 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
13992 Qraise = intern ("raise");
13993 staticpro (&Qraise);
13994 Qspace = intern ("space");
13995 staticpro (&Qspace);
13996 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
13997 staticpro (&Qmargin);
13998 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
13999 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
14000 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
14001 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
14002 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
14003 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
14004 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
14005 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
14006 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
14007 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
14008 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
14009 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
14010 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
14011 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
14012 QCeval = intern (":eval");
14013 staticpro (&QCeval);
14014 Qwhen = intern ("when");
14015 staticpro (&Qwhen);
14016 QCfile = intern (":file");
14017 staticpro (&QCfile);
14018 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
14019 staticpro (&Qfontified);
14020 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
14021 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
14022 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
14023 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
14024 Qimage = intern ("image");
14025 staticpro (&Qimage);
14026 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
14027 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
14028 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
14029 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
14030
14031 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
14032 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
14033 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
14034 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
14035
14036 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14037 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
14038 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
14039
14040 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14041 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
14042 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
14043
14044 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
14045 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
14046
14047 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
14048 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
14049 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
14050 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
14051
14052 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
14053 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
14054 This is used for internal purposes.");
14055 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
14056
14057 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
14058 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
14059 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
14060
14061 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
14062 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
14063 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
14064 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
14065 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
14066
14067 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
14068 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
14069 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
14070
14071 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
14072 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
14073 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
14074 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.\n\
14075 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set\n\
14076 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.");
14077
14078 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
14079 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
14080 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
14081 in the window.");
14082 scroll_conservatively = 0;
14083
14084 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
14085 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
14086 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
14087 of the top or bottom of the window.");
14088 scroll_margin = 0;
14089
14090 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
14091 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
14092 #endif
14093
14094 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
14095 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
14096 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
14097 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
14098
14099 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
14100 "nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.\n\
14101 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',\n\
14102 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.\n\
14103 \n\
14104 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.");
14105 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
14106
14107 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
14108 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
14109 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
14110 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
14111 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
14112
14113 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
14114 &line_number_display_limit_width,
14115 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
14116 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
14117 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
14118 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
14119
14120 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
14121 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
14122 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
14123
14124 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
14125 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
14126 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
14127 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
14128 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
14129
14130 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
14131 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
14132 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14133 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14134 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14135 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14136 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
14137 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
14138 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14139 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14140 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14141 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14142 Vicon_title_format
14143 = Vframe_title_format
14144 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
14145 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
14146 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
14147 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
14148 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
14149 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
14150 Qnil)))),
14151 Qnil)));
14152
14153 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
14154 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
14155 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
14156 the buffer when it becomes large.");
14157 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
14158
14159 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
14160 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
14161 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
14162 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
14163 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
14164 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
14165 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
14166
14167 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
14168 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
14169 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
14170 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
14171 is not valid when these functions are called.");
14172 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
14173
14174 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
14175 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
14176 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
14177 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
14178 otherwise.");
14179 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
14180
14181 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
14182 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
14183 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
14184
14185 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin,
14186 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.\n\
14187 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.\n\
14188 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ : VERT)' with\n\
14189 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the\n\
14190 vertical margin.");
14191 Vtool_bar_button_margin = make_number (1);
14192
14193 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
14194 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
14195 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
14196
14197 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
14198 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
14199 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
14200 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
14201 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
14202 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
14203 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
14204 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
14205
14206 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
14207 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
14208 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
14209 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
14210 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
14211 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
14212 displayed according to the current fontset.");
14213 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
14214
14215 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
14216 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
14217 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
14218 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.");
14219 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
14220
14221 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
14222 "*How to resize mini-windows.\n\
14223 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.\n\
14224 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.\n\
14225 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow\n\
14226 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows\n\
14227 go back to their normal size.");
14228 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
14229
14230 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
14231 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
14232 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
14233 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
14234 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
14235
14236 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
14237 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
14238 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
14239
14240 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
14241 "List of supported image types.\n\
14242 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
14243 Vimage_types = Qnil;
14244
14245 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
14246 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
14247 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
14248 message_truncate_lines = 0;
14249
14250 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
14251 "Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.\n\
14252 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.");
14253 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
14254 }
14255
14256
14257 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
14258
14259 void
14260 init_xdisp ()
14261 {
14262 Lisp_Object root_window;
14263 struct window *mini_w;
14264
14265 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
14266
14267 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
14268
14269 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
14270 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
14271
14272 if (!noninteractive)
14273 {
14274 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
14275 int i;
14276
14277 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
14278 set_window_height (root_window,
14279 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
14280 0);
14281 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
14282 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
14283
14284 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14285 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14286
14287 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
14288 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
14289 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
14290
14291 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
14292 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
14293 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
14294 }
14295
14296 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14297 {
14298 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
14299 int size = 100;
14300 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
14301 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
14302 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14303 }
14304 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14305
14306 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
14307 }
14308
14309